ML032340720: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(StriderTol Bot change)
(StriderTol Bot change)
 
Line 19: Line 19:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:Draft Submittal
{{#Wiki_filter:Draft Submittal  
          BROWNS FERRY
BROWNS FERRY  
            EXAM 2002-301
EXAM 2002-301  
      50-259, 50-260, & 50-296
50-259, 50-260, & 50-296  
    DECEMBER 13,16-19,2002
DECEMBER 13,16-19,2002  
1. Senior Reactor Operator Written Exam
1.  
Senior Reactor Operator Written Exam  


                                          QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                      for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
    1. 201001A2.01 001
1. 201001A2.01 001  
        While operating at 25% power the Unit Operator reports the following:
While operating at 25% power the Unit Operator reports the following:  
            - CRD Pump A Breaker Disagreement White Light.
- CRD Pump A Breaker Disagreement White Light.  
            - Motor Trip Out Annunciator and Horn Received.
- Motor Trip Out Annunciator and Horn Received.  
            - 1B CRD Pump in Standby.
- 1 B CRD Pump in Standby.  
        Which ONE of the following describes the IMMEDIATE actions to be taken for the
Which ONE of the following describes the IMMEDIATE actions to be taken for the  
        above conditions?
above conditions?  
        A. Start CRD pump 1B and open the CRD PUMP DISH TO UNIT 2. Adjust the CRD
A. Start CRD pump 1 B and open the CRD PUMP DISH TO UNIT 2. Adjust the CRD  
            SYS FLOW CONTROLLER tapeset to adjust CRD cooling water header
SYS FLOW CONTROLLER tapeset to adjust CRD cooling water header  
            differential pressure to 20 psid and CRD system flow to approximately 60 gpm.
differential pressure to 20 psid and CRD system flow to approximately 60 gpm.  
        B. Place CRD SYS FLOW CONTROLLER in MAN at MAXIMUM setting. Start CRD
B. Place CRD SYS FLOW CONTROLLER in MAN at MAXIMUM setting. Start CRD  
            pump 1B. Open CRD PUMP DISCH TO UNIT 2. When CRD cooling water header
pump 1 B. Open CRD PUMP DISCH TO UNIT 2. When CRD cooling water header  
            differential pressure reaches 20 psid, and CRD system flow reaches between 45
differential pressure reaches 20 psid, and CRD system flow reaches between 45  
            and 75 gpm, balance CRD SYS FLOW CONTROLLER and place in AUTO.
and 75 gpm, balance CRD SYS FLOW CONTROLLER and place in AUTO.  
        C. Start CRD pump 1B. Place CRD SYS FLOW CONTROLLER in MAN at MINIMUM
C. Start CRD pump 1B. Place CRD SYS FLOW CONTROLLER in MAN at MINIMUM  
            setting. Open CRD PUMP DISCH TO UNIT 2. Adjust CRD SYS FLOW
setting. Open CRD PUMP DISCH TO UNIT 2. Adjust CRD SYS FLOW  
            CONTROLLER to establish 20 psid cooling water header differential pressure.
CONTROLLER to establish 20 psid cooling water header differential pressure.  
            Balance CRD SYS FLOW CONTROLLER and place in AUTO.
Balance CRD SYS FLOW CONTROLLER and place in AUTO.  
        D? Place CRD SYS FLOW CONTROLLER in MAN at MINIMUM setting. Start CRD
D? Place CRD SYS FLOW CONTROLLER in MAN at MINIMUM setting. Start CRD  
            pump 1B. Open CRD PUMP DISCH TO UNIT 2. Adjust CRD SYS FLOW
pump 1 B. Open CRD PUMP DISCH TO UNIT 2. Adjust CRD SYS FLOW  
            CONTROLLER to establish 20 psid CRD cooling water header differential pressure
CONTROLLER to establish 20 psid CRD cooling water header differential pressure  
            and CRD system flow between 40 and 65 gpm. Balance CRD SYS FLOW
and CRD system flow between 40 and 65 gpm. Balance CRD SYS FLOW  
            CONTROLLER and place in AUTO.
CONTROLLER and place in AUTO.  
        References: 2-AOl-85-3 Rev. 20 pg 1 and 2
References: 2-AOl-85-3 Rev. 20 pg 1 and 2  
                        NOTE: Revised some of the distractors to make them more plausible.
NOTE: Revised some of the distractors to make them more plausible.  
                                Also, revised stem to ensure that it is clear that these are
Also, revised stem to ensure that it is clear that these are  
                                IMMEDIATE operator actions.
IMMEDIATE operator actions.  
      A. Incorrect since flow controller must be adjusted to minimum setting prior to starting
A. Incorrect since flow controller must be adjusted to minimum setting prior to starting  
      the pump.
the pump.  
        B. Incorrect since flow controller must be adjusted to MINIMUM instead of MAXIMUM.
B. Incorrect since flow controller must be adjusted to MINIMUM instead of MAXIMUM.  
      C. Incorrect since flow controller must be adjusted to minimum setting prior to starting
C. Incorrect since flow controller must be adjusted to minimum setting prior to starting  
      the pump.
the pump.  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:33AM                                                            1
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:33 AM
1  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
ROTier:
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
T2G1
      ROTier:      T2G1                              SRO Tier: T2G2
Keyword
      Keyword      CRD SYSTEM                        Cog Level: MEM 3.2/3.3
CRD SYSTEM
      Source:      B                                Exam:     BF02301
Source:
      Test:        C                                Misc:     TCK
B
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:34 AM                                        2
Test:
C
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:34 AM
QUESTIONS REPORT  
for Browns Ferry Questions  
SRO Tier:  
T2G2  
Cog Level: MEM 3.2/3.3  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Misc:  
TCK  
2  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
    2. 201006K3.01 001
2. 201006K3.01 001  
        The following conditions exist on Unit 3:
The following conditions exist on Unit 3:  
            RWM Bypass Switch in Normal.
RWM Bypass Switch in Normal.  
            Core Power level is above the Low Power Setpoint.
Core Power level is above the Low Power Setpoint.  
            The RWM program has NOT been initialized
The RWM program has NOT been initialized  
            Control Rod 22-35 at position 18 (group limit 00-12)
Control Rod 22-35 at position 18 (group limit 00-12)  
                                                          -     -
-  
        Which ONE of the following is the reason that control rod 22-35 cannot be moved?
-  
        A. Withdraw Block is in effect.
Which ONE of the following is the reason that control rod 22-35 cannot be moved?  
        B. Insert Block is in effect.
A. Withdraw Block is in effect.  
        C:' Select Block is in effect.
B. Insert Block is in effect.  
        D. Withdraw Error has occured.
C:' Select Block is in effect.  
        References: OPLl71.024 Rev. 10 pg 13-16
D. Withdraw Error has occured.  
        A, B and D are incorrect since a Select Block is in effect due to RWM Bypass Switch in
References: OPLl71.024 Rev. 10 pg 13-1 6
        NORMAL and the RWM program has not been initiated.
A, B and D are incorrect since a Select Block is in effect due to RWM Bypass Switch in  
        C. Correct answer.
NORMAL and the RWM program has not been initiated.  
        ROTier:     T2G2                             SRO Tier: T2G2
C. Correct answer.  
        Keyword    RWM                              Cog Level: CIA 3.213.5
ROTier:  
        Source:    N                                Exam:     BF02301
T2G2  
        Test:      C                                Misc:     TCK
Keyword
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:34 AM                                                       3
RWM
Source:
N
Test:
C
SRO Tier:  
T2G2  
Cog Level: CIA 3.213.5  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:34 AM  
3  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
    3.20200262.2.3 002
3. 20200262.2.3 002  
        Which ONE of the following choices correctly describes the response of the Unit 2 and
Which ONE of the following choices correctly describes the response of the Unit 2 and  
        Unit 3 reactor recirculation pump (RRP) speed control to an increase in core differential
Unit 3 reactor recirculation pump (RRP) speed control to an increase in core differential  
        pressure?
pressure?  
        A. On Unit 2 the RRP speed must be manually adjusted by the operator but Unit 3 will
A. On Unit 2 the RRP speed must be manually adjusted by the operator but Unit 3 will  
            automatically reposition the scoop tube to bring speed back to the setpoint.
automatically reposition the scoop tube to bring speed back to the setpoint.  
        B. Both Unit 2 and Unit 3 must be manually adjusted by the operator to bring speed
B. Both Unit 2 and Unit 3 must be manually adjusted by the operator to bring speed  
            back to the setpoint.
back to the setpoint.  
        C. Unit 2 will automatically reposition the scoop tube to bring speed back to the
C. Unit 2 will automatically reposition the scoop tube to bring speed back to the  
            setpoint but on Unit 3 the RRP speed must be manually adjusted by the operator.
setpoint but on Unit 3 the RRP speed must be manually adjusted by the operator.  
        D. Both Unit 2 RRP and Unit 3 will automatically reposition the scoop tube to bring
D. Both Unit 2 RRP and Unit 3 will automatically reposition the scoop tube to bring  
            speed back to the setpoint.
speed back to the setpoint.  
      JUSTIFICATION
JUSTIFICATION  
        Unit 2 and 3 speed feedback are enabled.
Unit 2 and 3 speed feedback are enabled.  
        REF: OPL171.007, Rev. 15, Page 36
REF: OPL171.007, Rev. 15, Page 36  
      OPL171R007, Rev. 0, Page 11
OPL171 R007, Rev. 0, Page 11  
      ROTier:     T2G1                             SRO Tier: T2G1
ROTier:  
      Keyword     RECIRC SYSTEM                     Cog Level: MEM 3.113.3
T2G1  
      Source:     B                                 Exam:     BF02301
SRO Tier:  
      Test:       C                                 Misc:
T2G1  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:34 AM                                                         4
Keyword  
RECIRC SYSTEM  
Cog Level: MEM 3.113.3  
Source:  
B  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:34 AM  
4  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                      for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
    4. 203000A4.01 001
4. 203000A4.01 001  
        During a level transient on Unit 2 the following events occurred:
During a level transient on Unit 2 the following events occurred:  
          - RPV water level decreased to -125 inches during the transient
- RPV water level decreased to -125 inches during the transient  
          - ADS actuated
- ADS actuated  
          - RHR Pump 2A and 2B started and injected to the reactor vessel
- RHR Pump 2A and 2B started and injected to the reactor vessel  
          - RPV water level is now +25 inches and increasing
- RPV water level is now +25 inches and increasing  
          - No operator actions have been taken
- No operator actions have been taken  
        Which ONE of the following statements describes the RHR system response if RHR
Which ONE of the following statements describes the RHR system response if RHR  
        Pump 2A control switch is placed to the STOP position?
Pump 2A control switch is placed to the STOP position?  
        A.' RHR Pump 2A will stop and the amber auto-start lockout light will light.
A.' RHR Pump 2A will stop and the amber auto-start lockout light will light.  
        8. RHR Pump 2A will stop and the amber auto-start lockout light will extinguish.
8. RHR Pump 2A will stop and the amber auto-start lockout light will extinguish.  
        C. No change; RHR Pump 2A will continue to run until the LOCA initiation signal is
C. No change; RHR Pump 2A will continue to run until the LOCA initiation signal is  
            reset.
reset.  
        D. RHR Pump 2A will stop and then restart when the switch is released. The amber
D. RHR Pump 2A will stop and then restart when the switch is released. The amber  
            auto-start lockout light will not change indication.
auto-start lockout light will not change indication.  
        References: OPLl71.044 Rev. 10 pg 61
References: OPLl71.044 Rev. 10 pg 61  
                        Enabling Objective # I 3
Enabling Objective #I3
                        2-01-74 Rev. 0107 pg 8
2-01-74 Rev. 0107 pg 8  
        A. Correct answer.
A. Correct answer.  
        B. Incorrect since the RHR system is designed to allow a pump to be secured and
B. Incorrect since the RHR system is designed to allow a pump to be secured and  
        auto-initiation lock-out.
auto-initiation lock-out.  
        C.lncorrect since the amber light is the auto-init. lockout indication and will not
C.lncorrect since the amber light is the auto-init. lockout indication and will not  
        extinguish until the LOCA signal is reset.
extinguish until the LOCA signal is reset.  
        D. Incorrect since both sentences are incorrect.
D. Incorrect since both sentences are incorrect.  
        ROTier:     T2G1                               SRO Tier: T2G1
ROTier:  
        Keyword    RHR                                Cog Level: CIA 4.314.1
T2G1  
        Source:    B                                  Exam:     BF02301
Keyword
        Test:      C                                  Misc:     TCK
RHR
Tuesday, January 21,2003 0841 :34 AM                                                       5
Source:
B
Test:
C
SRO Tier:  
T2G1  
Cog Level: CIA 4.314.1  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 0841 :34 AM  
5  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
    5. 203000K3.02 001
5. 203000K3.02 001  
        Gross fuel failure is suspected on Unit 3. The crew is in 3-EO/ Appendix 18 -
Gross fuel failure is suspected on Unit 3. The crew is in 3-EO/ Appendix 18 -  
        Suppression Pool water Inventory Removal and Makeup and have just closed
Suppression Pool water Inventory Removal and Makeup and have just closed  
        3-FCV-74-63, RHR RADWASTE SYS FLUSH VALVE. Suppression Pool level is -2.5
3-FCV-74-63, RHR RADWASTE SYS FLUSH VALVE. Suppression Pool level is -2.5  
        inches and steady.
inches and steady.  
        Which ONE ofthe~following-arethe ~appropriate~actions? ~.~       ~  ~~~ -~~
Which ONE ofthe~following-are the ~appropriate~actions?  
        A: Exit 3-EO1 Appendix 18 - Suppression Pool water Inventory Removal and Makeup
~ ~.~  
            since Suppression Pool water level is within acceptable limits.
~~~  
        B. Open 3-FCV-74-63, RHR RADWASTE SYS FLUSH VALVE and direct Suppression
-~~  
            Pool water to Radwaste ONLY.
A:  
        C. Open 3-FCV-74-62, RHR MAIN CNDR FLUSH VALVE and direct Suppression Pool
Exit 3-EO1 Appendix 18 - Suppression Pool water Inventory Removal and Makeup  
            water to the Main Condenser ONLY.
since Suppression Pool water level is within acceptable limits.  
        D. Open 3-FCV-74-62, RHR MAIN CNDR FLUSH VALVE and direct Suppression Pool
B. Open 3-FCV-74-63, RHR RADWASTE SYS FLUSH VALVE and direct Suppression  
            water to the Main Conderser or open 3-FCV-74-63, RHR RADWASTE SYS FLUSH
Pool water to Radwaste ONLY.  
              VALVE and direct Suppression Pool water to Radwaste.
C. Open 3-FCV-74-62, RHR MAIN CNDR FLUSH VALVE and direct Suppression Pool  
        References: 3-EO1 Appendix 18
water to the Main Condenser ONLY.  
        WHEN Suppression Pool level can be maintained between -1 in. and -5.5 in. THEN
D. Open 3-FCV-74-62, RHR MAIN CNDR FLUSH VALVE and direct Suppression Pool  
        EXIT this procedure.
water to the Main Conderser or open 3-FCV-74-63, RHR RADWASTE SYS FLUSH  
        ROTier:     T2G1                             SRO Tier: T2G1
VALVE and direct Suppression Pool water to Radwaste.  
        Keyword     SUPPRESSION CHAMBER               Cog Level: CIA 3.513.5
References: 3-EO1 Appendix 18  
        Source:     B                                 Exam:     BF02301
WHEN Suppression Pool level can be maintained between -1 in. and -5.5 in. THEN  
        Test:       C                                 Misc:     TCK
EXIT this procedure.  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:34 AM                                                   6
ROTier:  
T2G1  
SRO Tier:  
T2G1  
Keyword  
SUPPRESSION CHAMBER  
Cog Level: CIA 3.513.5  
Source:  
B  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:34 AM  
6  


                                      QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
    6. 204000K5.05 001
6. 204000K5.05 001  
I
I  
        Which ONE of the following describes the signals that will close the RWCU Blowdown
Which ONE of the following describes the signals that will close the RWCU Blowdown  
        Valve (FCV 69-15)?
Valve (FCV 69-15)?  
                                                                  ~
A. Low Reactor Water Level +2, Standby Liquid Control initiation.  
        A. Low Reactor Water Level +2,Standby Liquid Control initiation.
BY High downstream pressure 140 psig, low upstream pressure 5 psig.  
        BY High downstream pressure 140 psig, low upstream pressure 5 psig.
C. High RWCU Pump Rm temp 140°F, high temp on outlet of NRHX 140°F.  
        C. High RWCU Pump Rm temp 140°F, high temp on outlet of NRHX 140°F.
D. High flow 250 gpm, high differential pressure across valve 25 psid.  
        D. High flow 250 gpm, high differential pressure across valve 25 psid.
~
        References: OPL171.013 Rev.12 pg 22-24
References: OPL171.013 Rev.12 pg 22-24  
        A,C and D Incorrect since these signals do not close the blowdown valve.
A,C and D Incorrect since these signals do not close the blowdown valve.  
        B. Correct answer.
B. Correct answer.  
        ROTier:     T2G2                             SRO Tier: T2G2
ROTier:  
        Keyword    RWCU SYSTEM                      Cog Level: MEM 2.612.6
T2G2  
        Source:    N                                Exam:     BF02301
Keyword
        Test:      C                                Misc:     TCK
RWCU SYSTEM
Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 0841:34 AM                                                       7
Source:
N
Test:
C
SRO Tier:  
T2G2  
Cog Level: MEM 2.612.6  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 0841 :34 AM  
7  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                      for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
    7. 205000A4.05 001
7. 205000A4.05 001  
        Unit 2 is in a refueling outage with Loop II of RHR in shutdown cooling. The RHR
Unit 2 is in a refueling outage with Loop II of RHR in shutdown cooling. The RHR  
        SYSTEM II MIN FLOW INHIBIT switch is in the INHIBIT position. The Unit Operator
SYSTEM II MIN FLOW INHIBIT switch is in the INHIBIT position. The Unit Operator  
        then places the RHR Loop II Minimum Flow Valve (2-FCV-74-30) Control Switch to the
then places the RHR Loop II Minimum Flow Valve (2-FCV-74-30) Control Switch to the  
        OPEN position.
OPEN position.  
        Which ONE of the following describes the effect on the Minimum Flow Valve?
Which ONE of the following describes the effect on the Minimum Flow Valve?  
        A. Valve would not open.
A. Valve would not open.  
        B. Valve would open then immediately go back closed.
B. Valve would open then immediately go back closed.  
        C. Valve would open regardless of RHR flow and remain open.
C. Valve would open regardless of RHR flow and remain open.  
        D. Valve would open only if RHR flow was less than min flow closing setpoint.
D. Valve would open only if RHR flow was less than min flow closing setpoint.  
                                                                                            I
I  
        References: OPL171.044 Rev. 10 pg 33 and 34
References: OPL171.044 Rev. 10 pg 33 and 34  
                        2-01-74 Rev. 107 pg 73
2-01-74 Rev. 107 pg 73  
                        Enabling Objective OPL171.044 #IO
Enabling Objective OPL171.044 #IO  
        A. Incorrect since valve would open and immediately close.
A. Incorrect since valve would open and immediately close.  
        B. Correct answer.
B. Correct answer.  
        C. Incorrect since valve would not remain open.
C. Incorrect since valve would not remain open.  
        D. Incorrect since valve would open regardless of min flow signal.
D. Incorrect since valve would open regardless of min flow signal.  
        ROTier:     T2G2                               SRO Tier: T2G2
ROTier:  
        Keyword     RHR SYSTEM                         Cog Level: MEM 3.213.2
T2G2  
        Source:     B                                 Exam:     BF02301
SRO Tier:  
        Test:       C                                 Misc:     TCK
T2G2  
Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:34 AM                                                     8
Keyword  
RHR SYSTEM  
Cog Level: MEM 3.213.2  
Source:  
B  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:34 AM  
8  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
    8. 2o6000~3.05001
8. 2o6000~3.05 001
        HPCl is operating in the pressure control mode (suction from the CST and return to the
HPCl is operating in the pressure control mode (suction from the CST and return to the  
        CST through FCV 73-35 and 36) when reactor water level lowers to -50.
CST through FCV 73-35 and 36) when reactor water level lowers to -50.  
        Which ONE of the following describes HPCl response?
Which ONE of the following describes HPCl response?  
        A. HPCl will be unaffected and continue to operate in the pressure control mode.
A. HPCl will be unaffected and continue to operate in the pressure control mode.  
        B. FCV 73-44 (inboard injection valve) opens; FCVs 73-35 and 36 remain open; HPCl
B. FCV 73-44 (inboard injection valve) opens; FCVs 73-35 and 36 remain open; HPCl  
            does not inject to the reactor.
does not inject to the reactor.  
        C:' FCV 73-44 (inboard injection valve) opens: FCVs 73-35 and 36 close; HPCl injects
C:' FCV 73-44 (inboard injection valve) opens: FCVs 73-35 and 36 close; HPCl injects  
            to the reactor.
to the reactor.  
        D. FCV 73-44 (inboard injection valve) opens; FCV 73-35 closes; FCV 73-36 remains
D. FCV 73-44 (inboard injection valve) opens; FCV 73-35 closes; FCV 73-36 remains  
            open; HPCl injects to the reactor.
open; HPCl injects to the reactor.  
        Reference: OPL171.042 Rev. 16 pg 42
Reference: OPL171.042 Rev. 16 pg 42  
        A.Incorrect since HPCl has received an initiation signal from low water level. Setpoint
A. Incorrect since HPCl has received an initiation signal from low water level. Setpoint  
        is -45.
is -45.  
        B. Incorrect since FCV's 73-35 and 36 receive a closed signal if they were open.
B. Incorrect since FCV's 73-35 and 36 receive a closed signal if they were open.  
        C. Correct answer.
C. Correct answer.  
        D. Incorrect since both FCV's 73-35 and 36 receive a closed signal.
D. Incorrect since both FCV's 73-35 and 36 receive a closed signal.  
        ROTier:     T2G1                             SRO Tier: T2G1
ROTier:  
        Keyword     HPCI                             Cog Level: CIA4.314.3
T2G1  
        Source:     B                               Exam:     BF02301
SRO Tier:  
      Test:       C                               Misc:     TCK
T2G1  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:34AM                                                          9
Keyword  
HPCI  
Cog Level: CIA4.314.3  
Source:  
B  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:34 AM
9  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
    9.209001K5.05 001
9.  
        Unit 3 has been at 100% RTP for the last 6 months. The Flow Rate test for HPCl is in
209001K5.05 001  
        progress to verify OPERABILITY after maintenance was performed on the system.
Unit 3 has been at 100% RTP for the last 6 months. The Flow Rate test for HPCl is in  
        2-SR-3.5.1.1-(CS I ) , Core Spraysystem Venting Loop 1 was last performed on
progress to verify OPERABILITY after maintenance was performed on the system.  
        November 15th, 2002. The UO was sent out to perform the surveillance on December
2-SR-3.5.1.1-(CS I), Core Spraysystem Venting Loop 1 was last performed on  
        16th, 2002 and reported back that he was unable to open the High Point Vent valve
November 15th, 2002. The UO was sent out to perform the surveillance on December  
        (2-SHV-075-0071).-
16th, 2002 and reported back that he was unable to open the High Point Vent valve  
        Which ONE of the following describes the consequences to Unit 3 of not being able to
(2-SHV-075-0071).-  
        perform this surveillance?
Which ONE of the following describes the consequences to Unit 3 of not being able to  
        A. Loop 1 Core Spray must be declared INOPERABLE immediately and Unit 3 enters
perform this surveillance?  
            a 7 day LCO.
A. Loop 1 Core Spray must be declared INOPERABLE immediately and Unit 3 enters  
        B. Loop 1 Core Spray venting must be performed within 24 hours or the system
a 7 day LCO.  
            declared INOPERABLE which would place Unit 3 in a 72 hour LCO.
B. Loop 1 Core Spray venting must be performed within 24 hours or the system  
        C. Loop 1 Core Spray venting must be performed within 7.75 days or the system
declared INOPERABLE which would place Unit 3 in a 72 hour LCO.  
            declared INOPERABLE which would place Unit 3 in a 72 hour LCO.
C. Loop 1 Core Spray venting must be performed within 7.75 days or the system  
        D? Loop 1 Core Spray venting must be performed within 7.75 days or the system
declared INOPERABLE which would place Unit 3 in a 72 hour LCO.  
            declared INOPERABLE which would place Unit 3 in a 7 day LCO.
D? Loop 1 Core Spray venting must be performed within 7.75 days or the system  
        References: Tech Spec 3.5.1, ECCS-Operating
declared INOPERABLE which would place Unit 3 in a 7 day LCO.  
                      2-SR-3.5.1.1 (CS 1) Rev. 1 pg 4 and 6
References: Tech Spec 3.5.1, ECCS-Operating  
      A. Incorrect since the grace period for the surveillance hasnt expired.
2-SR-3.5.1.1 (CS 1) Rev. 1 pg 4 and 6  
      B. Incorrect since the grace period for the surveillance is 7.75 days and not 24 hours.
A. Incorrect since the grace period for the surveillance hasnt expired.  
      C. Incorrect since by the time that the 7.75 days expire then HPCl must be OPERABLE
B. Incorrect since the grace period for the surveillance is 7.75 days and not 24 hours.  
      or the unit is already shutdown.
C. Incorrect since by the time that the 7.75 days expire then HPCl must be OPERABLE  
      D. Incorrect since HPCI will be OPERABLE by the time the 7.75 days has expired.
or the unit is already shutdown.  
      ROTier:     T2Gl                             SRO Tier: T2G1
D. Incorrect since HPCI will be OPERABLE by the time the 7.75 days has expired.  
      Keyword     CORE SPRAY                       Cog Level: CIA2.512.5
ROTier:  
      Source:     N                                 Exam:     BF02301
T2Gl  
      Test:       C                                 Misc:     TCK
SRO Tier:  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:34 AM                                                         10
T2G1  
Keyword  
CORE SPRAY  
Cog Level: CIA2.512.5  
Source:  
N  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:34 AM  
10  


                                            QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                        for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  10. 211000K1.01001
10. 211000K1.01001  
        Which ONE of the following describes the relationship between the SLC System and
Which ONE of the following describes the relationship between the SLC System and  
        the Core Spray System?
the Core Spray System?  
        A:' The SLC sparger provides a sensing point for the Core Spray Break Detection
A:' The SLC sparger provides a sensing point for the Core Spray Break Detection  
            logic.
logic.  
        .    _. . . .~.       , . ~~
.  
                                      .~~ .. .  j ._; . .,,...  -. .   . . . . .~ ~
.~  
        B. The SLC sparger provides a sensing point for the Core Spray flow indication.
~
        C. The Core Spray System is totally independent of the SLC System.
.
        D. The same Shutdown Board powers the 2B SLC Pump and the 28 Core Spray
.
            Pump.
        References: OPL171.045 Rev.11 pg 13
.  
                      OPL171.039 Rev.13 pg 14,26 and 27
.
                      Enabling Objective OPL171.039 #4
.
      A. Correct answer.
   
        B. Incorrect since the sparger has no input to Core Spray flow.
j ._;  
        C. Incorrect since Core Spray does interact with SLC through the sparger.
.  
        D. Incorrect since 2B Core Spray is powered from SD BD " C and 2B SLC pump is
. , , . . .   
        powered from SD BD " B .
-  
      ROTier:     T2G1                                 SRO Tier:   T2G1
.~~
      Keyword     SLC                                   Cog Level: MEM 3.0/3.3
, .
        Source:     N                                     Exam:       BF02301
~~
      Test:       C                                     Misc:       TCK
.. .  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:35 AM                                                   11
. ~ .
. .
.  
_.  
B. The SLC sparger provides a sensing point for the Core Spray flow indication.  
C. The Core Spray System is totally independent of the SLC System.  
D. The same Shutdown Board powers the 2B SLC Pump and the 28 Core Spray  
Pump.  
References: OPL171.045 Rev.11 pg 13  
OPL171.039 Rev.13 pg 14,26 and 27  
Enabling Objective OPL171.039 #4  
A. Correct answer.  
B. Incorrect since the sparger has no input to Core Spray flow.  
C. Incorrect since Core Spray does interact with SLC through the sparger.  
D. Incorrect since 2B Core Spray is powered from SD BD " C and 2B SLC pump is  
powered from SD BD "B.  
ROTier:  
T2G1  
SRO Tier:  
T2G1  
Keyword  
SLC  
Cog Level: MEM 3.0/3.3  
Source:  
N  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:35 AM  
11  


                                      QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  11. 211000K6.03001
11. 211000K6.03001  
        Which ONE of the following describes the power supply and interlocks of the SLC
Which ONE of the following describes the power supply and interlocks of the SLC  
        pumps?
pumps?  
                                        -  - ._
A. One pump is powered from 250V RMOV Board A and one from 480V Shutdown  
        A. One pump is powered from 250V RMOV Board A and one from 480V Shutdown
-
            Board B. The pumps are electrically interlocked so that both pumps run, if
- ._
            -available.
Board B. The pumps are electrically interlocked so that both pumps run, if  
        BY One pump is powered from 480V Shutdown Board A and one from 480V Shutdown
-available.  
            Board B. The pumps are electrically interlocked so that only one pump will run at a
BY One pump is powered from 480V Shutdown Board A and one from 480V Shutdown  
            time.
Board B. The pumps are electrically interlocked so that only one pump will run at a  
        C. One pump is powered from 250V RMOV Board A and one from 480V Shutdown
time.  
            Board B. The pumps are electrically interlocked so that only one pump will run at a
C. One pump is powered from 250V RMOV Board A and one from 480V Shutdown  
            time.
Board B. The pumps are electrically interlocked so that only one pump will run at a  
        D. One pump is powered from 480V Shutdown Board A and one from 480V Shutdown
time.  
            Board B. The pumps are electrically interlocked so that both pumps run, if
D. One pump is powered from 480V Shutdown Board A and one from 480V Shutdown  
            available.
Board B. The pumps are electrically interlocked so that both pumps run, if  
        250 VDC is control power for the valves.
available.  
        Two 100% capacity, triplex, positive displacement piston pumps powered from 480V
250 VDC is control power for the valves.  
        Shutdown Bds A and B respectively are installed in parallel. The pumps are electrically
Two 100% capacity, triplex, positive displacement piston pumps powered from 480V  
        interlocked so that only one pump can be run at a time to prevent overpressurization of
Shutdown Bds A and B respectively are installed in parallel. The pumps are electrically  
        the system.. This is accomplished by B-finger contacts in the start circuit of the running
interlocked so that only one pump can be run at a time to prevent overpressurization of  
        pump, opening contacts in the start circuit of the idle pump.
the system.. This is accomplished by B-finger contacts in the start circuit of the running  
        ROTier:     T2G1                             SRO Tier: T2G1
pump, opening contacts in the start circuit of the idle pump.  
        Keyword:   SBLC                             Cog Level: MEM 3.213.3
ROTier:  
        Source:     B                               Exam:       BF02301
T2G1  
        Test:       C                                 Misc:
SRO Tier:  
Tuesday, January 21,200308:41:35 AM                                                           12
T2G1  
Keyword:  
SBLC  
Cog Level: MEM 3.213.3  
Source:  
B  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:35 AM  
12  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
    12. 212000A1.08 001
12. 212000A1.08 001  
        Unit 3 scrammed due to a spurious Group 1 isolation. The Mode Switch is in
Unit 3 scrammed due to a spurious Group 1 isolation. The Mode Switch is in  
        Shutdown and all rods are inserted. Reactor water level has been restored to the
Shutdown and all rods are inserted. Reactor water level has been restored to the  
        normal operating band. The Unit Supervisor has ordered the Reactor Operator to rese
normal operating band. The Unit Supervisor has ordered the Reactor Operator to rese  
        the scram.
the scram.  
                                          -
Which ONE of the following describes the status of the Backup Scram Valves when tht  
        Which ONE of the following describes the status of the Backup Scram Valves when tht
Reactor Operator moves the "Reset" switch to the right?  
        Reactor Operator moves the "Reset" switch to the right?
Both Backup Scram Valves should be ...  
        Both Backup Scram Valves should be...
-
        A. energized and OPEN.
A. energized and OPEN.  
        B! de-energized and CLOSED.
B! de-energized and CLOSED.  
        C. energized and CLOSED.
C. energized and CLOSED.  
        D. de-energized and OPEN.
D. de-energized and OPEN.  
        References: OPL171.028 Rev.13 pg 22
References: OPL171.028 Rev.13 pg 22  
        A,C and D are incorrect since the Backup Scram Valves should be de-energized and
A,C and D are incorrect since the Backup Scram Valves should be de-energized and  
        CLOSED.
CLOSED.  
        B. Correct answer.
B. Correct answer.  
        ROTier:     T2G1                             SRO Tier: T2G1
ROTier:  
        Keyword    RPS                              Cog Level: MEM 3.4/3.4
T2G1  
        Source:    N                                Exam:     BF02301
Keyword
      Test:        C                                Mix:       TCK
RPS
Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:35 AM                                                     13
Source:
N
Test:
C
SRO Tier:  
T2G1  
Cog Level: MEM 3.4/3.4  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Mix:  
TCK  
Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:35 AM  
13  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  13. 214000K4.01001
13. 214000K4.01001  
        Which ONE of the following statements is describes the operation of the Rod Position
Which ONE of the following statements is describes the operation of the Rod Position  
        Information System (RPIS)?
Information System (RPIS)?  
      A! If both of the S52 and SO0 normal full-in reed switches are closed the full core
A! If both of the S52 and SO0 normal full-in reed switches are closed the full core  
            display will be backlit green and display 00.
display will be backlit green and display 00.  
        B. The S48 full-out digital display reed switches also supply rod position input signals
B. The S48 full-out digital display reed switches also supply rod position input signals  
            to the "CONTROL ROD OVERTRAVEL" alarm.
to the "CONTROL ROD OVERTRAVEL" alarm.  
        C. On an uncoupled control rod, the full core display will show position 49 and no red
C. On an uncoupled control rod, the full core display will show position 49 and no red  
            backlight if the rod is withdrawn to the overtravel position.
backlight if the rod is withdrawn to the overtravel position.  
        D. When a CRD is driven beyond the full-in position the S51 over-travel reed switch
D. When a CRD is driven beyond the full-in position the S51 over-travel reed switch  
            will be actuated. The full-core digital display for that rod will display 00 and be
will be actuated. The full-core digital display for that rod will display 00 and be  
            backlit green.
backlit green.  
      References: OPLl71.029 Rev. 9 pg 19 and 20.
References: OPLl71.029 Rev. 9 pg 19 and 20.  
      A. Correct answer.
A. Correct answer.  
      B. Incorrect since the S50 switch provided indication for Rod Overtravel.
B. Incorrect since the S50 switch provided indication for Rod Overtravel.  
      C. Incorrect since there is no position indication for an uncoupled control rod.
C. Incorrect since there is no position indication for an uncoupled control rod.  
      D. Incorrect since overtravel beyond full-in is --.
D. Incorrect since overtravel beyond full-in is --.  
      ROTier:     T2G2                               SRO Tier: T2G2
ROTier:  
      Keyword     RF'IS SYSTEM                       Cog Level: MEM 3.0/3.1
T2G2  
      Source:     B                                   Exam:     BF02301
SRO Tier:  
      Test:       C                                   Misc:
T2G2  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:35 AM                                                           14
Keyword  
RF'IS SYSTEM  
Cog Level: MEM 3.0/3.1  
Source:  
B  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:35 AM  
14  


                                      QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  14. 215004K4.01 001
14. 215004K4.01 001  
I
I  
        A reactor startup is in progress on Unit 2 with the following conditions:
A reactor startup is in progress on Unit 2 with the following conditions:  
            Mode Switch is in START/HOT STBY
Mode Switch is in START/HOT STBY  
                                                      ~
IRM A is on range 2 with all other IRMs on range 3  
            IRM A is on range 2 with all other IRMs on range 3
The SRMs are partially withdrawn  
            The SRMs are partially withdrawn
SRM count rate ranges between 80 and 90 cps  
            SRM count rate ranges between 80 and 90 cps           -
~
        The Reactor Operator attempts to withdraw control rod 24-33 but it will not move.
-  
        Which ONE of the following is the reason why the rod cannot be withdrawn?
The Reactor Operator attempts to withdraw control rod 24-33 but it will not move.  
        A. SRM Downscale rod block.
Which ONE of the following is the reason why the rod cannot be withdrawn?  
        BY Detector Wrong Position rod block.
A. SRM Downscale rod block.  
        C. SRM Hi rod block.
BY Detector Wrong Position rod block.  
        D. SRM h o p rod block.
C. SRM Hi rod block.  
L
D. SRM hop rod block.  
        References: OPL171.019 Rev.6 pg 21 and 22
L  
                        Enabling Objective OPL171.019 #8
References: OPL171.019 Rev.6 pg 21 and 22  
        A. Incorrect since the SRM downscale rod block is <5 cps.
Enabling Objective OPL171.019 #8  
        B. Correct answer.
A. Incorrect since the SRM downscale rod block is <5 cps.  
        C. Incorrect since the SRM Hi rod block is 6.8 X I O 4
B. Correct answer.  
        D. Incorrect since SRMs are not INOP.
C. Incorrect since the SRM Hi rod block is 6.8 X I O 4
        ROTier:     T2Gl                             SRO Tier: T2G1
D. Incorrect since SRMs are not INOP.  
        Keyword     SRM                               Cog Level: CIA 3.713.7
ROTier:  
        Source:     N                                 Exam:     BF02301
T2Gl  
        Test:       C                                 Misc:     TCK
SRO Tier:  
Tuesday, January 21,200308:41:35AM                                                        15
T2G1  
Keyword  
SRM  
Cog Level: CIA 3.713.7  
Source:  
N  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:35 AM
15  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  15. 215005K3.01001
15. 215005K3.01001  
      Which ONE of the following Mode Switch position and Nuclear Instrumentation signal
Which ONE of the following Mode Switch position and Nuclear Instrumentation signal  
        combinations will cause ONLY a REACTOR CHANNEL "A"AUTO SCRAM?
combinations will cause ONLY a REACTOR CHANNEL "A" AUTO SCRAM?  
      A.* RUN; 2/4 Voter A I in TEST.
A.* RUN; 2/4 Voter A I in TEST.  
        B. STARTUP; 2/4 Voter B2 in TEST.
B. STARTUP; 2/4 Voter B2 in TEST.  
        C. RUN; IRM "G" Upscale.
C. RUN; IRM "G" Upscale.  
        D. STARTUP;       Channel 2 OPRM PBA Trip and Channel 4 OPRM GBA Trip.
D. STARTUP; Channel 2 OPRM PBA Trip and Channel 4 OPRM GBA Trip.  
                                                                                          I
I  
      References: Tech Specs 3.3.1.1-1 pg 3.3-7 and 3.3-8
References: Tech Specs 3.3.1.1-1 pg 3.3-7 and 3.3-8  
                      OPL171.148 Rev.7 pg 24-56
OPL171.148 Rev.7 pg 24-56  
      A. Correct answer.
A. Correct answer.  
      B. Only required in Mode 1.
B. Only required in Mode 1.  
      C. Incorrect since IRM Hi does not generate trip with Mode Switch in Run.
C. Incorrect since IRM Hi does not generate trip with Mode Switch in Run.  
      D. Only required in Mode 1.
D. Only required in Mode 1.  
      ROTier:     T2G1                             SRO Tier: T2G1
ROTier:  
      Keyword     APRM                             Cog Level: MEM 4.014.0
T2G1  
      Source:     B                                 Exam:     BF02301
SRO Tier:  
      Test:       C                                 Misc:     TCK
T2G1  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:35 AM                                                   16
Keyword  
APRM  
Cog Level: MEM 4.014.0  
Source:  
B  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:35 AM  
16  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  16. 216000A2.14 001
16. 216000A2.14 001  
        During a startup the operators begin to raise recirculation pump flow.
During a startup the operators begin to raise recirculation pump flow.  
        How does raising recirc flow from 50% to 65% affect the Panel 9-5 RPV level
How does raising recirc flow from 50% to 65% affect the Panel 9-5 RPV level  
        indicators?
indicators?  
        A,'   Emergency range indicated level will trend downward.
A,' Emergency range indicated level will trend downward.  
        8. Narrow range indicated level will trend upward.
8. Narrow range indicated level will trend upward.  
        C. Emergency range indicated level will trend upward.
C. Emergency range indicated level will trend upward.  
        D. Narrow range indicated level will trend downward.
D. Narrow range indicated level will trend downward.  
        U-068-NO-03
U-068-NO-03  
        ROTier:     T2G1                             SRO Tier: T2G1
ROTier:  
        Keyword LEVEL INSTRUMENTS                     Cog Level: CIA2.912.9
T2G1  
        Source:     B                                 Exam:     BF02301
SRO Tier:  
        Test:       C                                 Misc:
T2G1  
Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:35 AM                                                 17
Keyword  
LEVEL INSTRUMENTS  
Cog Level: CIA2.912.9  
Source:  
B  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:35 AM  
17  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  17. 217000K2.02 001
17. 217000K2.02 001  
        Unit 2 is operating at 100% RTP when the 250VDC Reactor MOV Board B Logic Bus A
Unit 2 is operating at 100% RTP when the 250VDC Reactor MOV Board B Logic Bus A  
        de-energizes. An operator has been sent to investigate and reports that the feed
de-energizes. An operator has been sent to investigate and reports that the feed  
        breaker has failed.
breaker has failed.  
        Which ONE of the following describes the operation of HPCl and RClC if reactor water
Which ONE of the following describes the operation of HPCl and RClC if reactor water  
        level decreases to - 4 5 under these conditions?
level decreases to - 4 5 under these conditions?  
      A. HPCl and RClC will both automatically initiate but will not auto isolate if needed.
A. HPCl and RClC will both automatically initiate but will not auto isolate if needed.  
        B! HPCl will automatically initiate but will not auto isolate if needed and RClC will not
B! HPCl will automatically initiate but will not auto isolate if needed and RClC will not  
            automatically initiate.
automatically initiate.  
        C. Both HPCl and RClC will not initiate automatically but may be operated manually.
C. Both HPCl and RClC will not initiate automatically but may be operated manually.  
        D. HPCl will not automatically initiate and RClC will automatically initiate but will not
D. HPCl will not automatically initiate and RClC will automatically initiate but will not  
            auto isolate if needed.
auto isolate if needed.  
        References: 2-ARP-9-3F pg 4
References: 2-ARP-9-3F pg 4  
                      2-ARP-9-3C pg 2
2-ARP-9-3C pg 2  
      A. Incorrect since RClC initiation logic will not work.
A. Incorrect since RClC initiation logic will not work.  
        B. Correct answer.
B. Correct answer.  
      C. Incorrect since HPCl will still initiate automatically.
C. Incorrect since HPCl will still initiate automatically.  
        D. Incorrect since HPCl will automatically initiate and RClC will NOT automatically
D. Incorrect since HPCl will automatically initiate and RClC will NOT automatically  
        initiate.
initiate.  
        NOTE: RClC and HPCl recieve an initiation signal when RWL reaches -45.
NOTE: RClC and HPCl recieve an initiation signal when RWL reaches -45.  
      ROTier:     T2G1                               SRO Tier: T2G1
ROTier:  
      Keyword     RCIC SYSTEM                       Cog Level: CIA 2.812.9
T2G1  
      Source:     N                                 Exam:     BF02301
SRO Tier:  
      Test:       C                                 Mix:       TCK
T2G1  
Tuesday, January 21,200308:41:35 AM                                                             18
Keyword  
RCIC SYSTEM  
Cog Level: CIA 2.812.9  
Source:  
N  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Mix:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:35 AM  
18  


                                      QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  18. 218000K6.06 001
18. 218000K6.06 001  
I
I  
        Various electrical malfunctions have occurred on Unit 2. Existing conditions are as
Various electrical malfunctions have occurred on Unit 2. Existing conditions are as  
        noted:
noted:  
          - 480V S/D Bd 2A deenergized
- 480V S/D Bd 2A deenergized  
          - 480V RMOV Bd 2C deenergized
- 480V RMOV Bd 2C deenergized  
          - 250V RMOV Bd 28 deenergized
- 250V RMOV Bd 28 deenergized  
        Which ONE of the following identifies the systems that are still available?
Which ONE of the following identifies the systems that are still available?  
        A. ADS, HPCI, RClC
A. ADS, HPCI, RClC  
        B. CS Loop I, RHR I, RClC
B. CS Loop I, RHR I, RClC  
        C. RHR Loop I, ADS, HPCI
C. RHR Loop I, ADS, HPCI  
        D I CS Loop 11, RHR Loop 11, HPCI
D I CS Loop 11, RHR Loop 11, HPCI  
      ROTier:     TZGI                             SRO Tier: T2G1
ROTier:  
      Keyword     480V DISTRIBUTION               Cog Level: CIA 3.413.6
TZGI  
        Source:     B                               Exam:     BF02301
SRO Tier:  
      Test:       C                               Misc:
T2G1  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 0841:35 AM                                                         19
Keyword  
480V DISTRIBUTION  
Cog Level: CIA 3.413.6  
Source:  
B  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 0841:35 AM  
19  


                                      QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  19. 223001A2.11001
19. 223001A2.11001  
        Unit 3 is being shutdown due to Suppression Chamber water level outside the Tech
Unit 3 is being shutdown due to Suppression Chamber water level outside the Tech  
        Spec operating band. The following conditions exist for Unit 3:
Spec operating band. The following conditions exist for Unit 3:  
            Reactor Power                   23% RTP
Reactor Power  
            Suppression Chamber level       15 feet increasing at 1 ft/15 minutes
23% RTP  
            Current Time                   0800
Suppression Chamber level  
            Drywell Pressure               1.5 psig (venting)
Current Time  
        Predict which ONE of the following actions will be required per EOI-2 Primary
0800  
        Containment Control.
Drywell Pressure  
        (Refer to EOI-2 Primary Containment Control)
1.5 psig (venting)  
        A. Be in Mode 3 within 12 hours and in Mode 4 within 36 hours.
15 feet increasing at 1 ft/15 minutes
        B. Scram the reactor and lower RPV pressure e900 psig by 0830.
Predict which ONE of the following actions will be required per EOI-2 Primary  
        C. Commence Emergency Depressurization when Suppression Chamber level
Containment Control.  
            exceeds 18 feet.
(Refer to EOI-2 Primary Containment Control)  
        D. Scram the reactor and secure venting the containment.
A. Be in Mode 3 within 12 hours and in Mode 4 within 36 hours.  
        References: EOI-2 Primary Containment Control Rev.6
B. Scram the reactor and lower RPV pressure e900 psig by 0830.  
      A. Incorrect since EOI-2 doesnt direct when to be in Mode 3 or Mode 4.
C. Commence Emergency Depressurization when Suppression Chamber level  
        B. Correct answer.
exceeds 18 feet.  
      C. Incorrect since when the 18 ft level is reached then EOI-2 directs you to determine if
D. Scram the reactor and secure venting the containment.  
      the Curve 4 parameters can be maintained in the safe region.
References: EOI-2 Primary Containment Control Rev.6  
        D. Incorrect since EOI-2 doesnt direct securing containment venting.
A. Incorrect since EOI-2 doesnt direct when to be in Mode 3 or Mode 4.  
      ROTier:     T2G1                             SRO Tier: T2G1
B. Correct answer.  
      Keyword:     SUPPRESSION CHAMBER               Cog Level: CIA 3.613.8
C. Incorrect since when the 18 ft level is reached then EOI-2 directs you to determine if  
      Source:     N                                 Exam:     BF02301
the Curve 4 parameters can be maintained in the safe region.  
      Test:       C                                 Misc:     TCK
D. Incorrect since EOI-2 doesnt direct securing containment venting.  
Tuesday, January 21,200306:41:36 AM                                                         20
ROTier:  
T2G1  
SRO Tier:  
T2G1  
Keyword:  
SUPPRESSION CHAMBER  
Cog Level: CIA 3.613.8  
Source:  
N  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 06:41:36 AM  
20  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                      for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  20. 223002K3.16 001
20. 223002K3.16 001  
        Unit 3 is in a refueling outage with Shutdown Cooling in operation on RHR Sys II. A
Unit 3 is in a refueling outage with Shutdown Cooling in operation on RHR Sys II. A  
        spurious Group II isolation is initiated by the Instrument Techs while performing a
spurious Group II isolation is initiated by the Instrument Techs while performing a  
        surveillance. All isolation actions operate as designed.
surveillance. All isolation actions operate as designed.  
        Which ONE of the following describes the actions to take to allow re-opening
Which ONE of the following describes the actions to take to allow re-opening  
        3-FCV-74-67, RHR SYS 11 LPCl INBD INJECT VLV?
3-FCV-74-67, RHR SYS 11 LPCl INBD INJECT VLV?  
        A. Isolation signal has been reset AND either Shutdown Cooling Suction Valve is fully
A. Isolation signal has been reset AND either Shutdown Cooling Suction Valve is fully  
            closed.
closed.  
        B. RHR SYS II SD CLG INBD INJECT ISOL RESET pushbutton is depressed followed
B. RHR SYS II SD CLG INBD INJECT ISOL RESET pushbutton is depressed followed  
            by the group II isolation signal being reset.
by the group II isolation signal being reset.  
        CY Either Shutdown Cooling Suction Valve fully closed followed by the RHR SYS II SD
CY Either Shutdown Cooling Suction Valve fully closed followed by the RHR SYS II SD  
            CLG INBD INJECT ISOL RESET pushbutton being depressed.
CLG INBD INJECT ISOL RESET pushbutton being depressed.  
        D. RHR SYS I I SD CLG INBD INJECT ISOL RESET pushbutton is depressed followed
D. RHR SYS II SD CLG INBD INJECT ISOL RESET pushbutton is depressed followed  
            by either Shutdown Cooling Suction Valve being fully closed.
by either Shutdown Cooling Suction Valve being fully closed.  
        References: 3-01-74 Rev.52 pf 12
References: 3-01-74 Rev.52 pf 12  
                        Enabling Objective OPL171.044 Rev.10 #B10
Enabling Objective OPL171.044 Rev.10 #B10  
      A. Incorrect since RHR SYS II SD CLG INBD INJECT ISOL RESET pushbutton must
A. Incorrect since RHR SYS II SD CLG INBD INJECT ISOL RESET pushbutton must  
        be depressed after either of the listed conditions clears.
be depressed after either of the listed conditions clears.  
        B. Incorrect since RHR SYS II SD CLG INBD INJECT ISOL RESET pushbutton must
B. Incorrect since RHR SYS II SD CLG INBD INJECT ISOL RESET pushbutton must  
        be depressed AFTER the condition clears.
be depressed AFTER the condition clears.  
      C. Correct answer.
C. Correct answer.  
        D. Incorrect since RHR SYS II SD CLG INBD INJECT ISOL RESET pushbutton must
D. Incorrect since RHR SYS II SD CLG INBD INJECT ISOL RESET pushbutton must  
      be depressed AFTER the condition clears.
be depressed AFTER the condition clears.  
      ROTier:     T2G1                               SRO Tier: T2G1
ROTier:  
      Keyword      RHR SYSTEM                          Cog Level: CIA 3.213.3
T2G1  
      Source:      N                                  Exam:     BF02301
Keyword
      Test:        C                                  Misc:     TCK
RHR SYSTEM
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:36 AM                                                         21
Source:
N
Test:
C
SRO Tier:  
T2G1  
Cog Level: CIA 3.213.3  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:36 AM  
21  


                                      QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  21. 226001K1.09 001
21. 226001K1.09 001  
        Unit 3 is at 90% RTP when a LOCA occurs. The following conditions are present in thf
Unit 3 is at 90% RTP when a LOCA occurs. The following conditions are present in thf  
        Containment:
Containment:  
            Drywell Pressure                 12.5 psig
Drywell Pressure  
            Drywell Temperature               260&deg;F
12.5 psig  
            Suppression Pool Level             16 ft
Drywell Temperature  
            Suppression Pool Temperature 150&deg;F
260&deg;F  
        The Unit Supervisor has ordered Drywell Sprays to be initiated per EO/-2, Primary
Suppression Pool Level  
        Confainment Control.
16 ft  
        Which ONE of the following describes the affect on Containment when Drywell Sprays
Suppression Pool Temperature 150&deg;F  
        are initiated? (Assume Suppression Chamber sprays have been initiated)
The Unit Supervisor has ordered Drywell Sprays to be initiated per EO/-2, Primary  
        A. A large rapid reduction in Drywell pressure followed by the opening of the Reactor
Confainment Control.  
            Building to Suppression Chamber vacuum breakers followed by the opening of the
Which ONE of the following describes the affect on Containment when Drywell Sprays  
            Suppression Chamber to Drywell vacuum breakers.
are initiated? (Assume Suppression Chamber sprays have been initiated)  
        9. A slow reduction in Drywell pressure followed by the opening of the Reactor
A. A large rapid reduction in Drywell pressure followed by the opening of the Reactor  
            Building to Suppression Chamber vacuum breakers followed by the opening of the
Building to Suppression Chamber vacuum breakers followed by the opening of the  
            Suppression Chamber to Drywell vacuum breakers.
Suppression Chamber to Drywell vacuum breakers.  
        C. A slow reduction in Drywell pressure followed by the opening of the Suppression
9. A slow reduction in Drywell pressure followed by the opening of the Reactor  
            Chamber to Drywell vacuum breakers followed by the opening of the Reactor
Building to Suppression Chamber vacuum breakers followed by the opening of the  
            Building to Suppression Chamber vacuum breakers.
Suppression Chamber to Drywell vacuum breakers.  
        DY A large rapid reduction in Drywell pressure followed by the opening of the
C. A slow reduction in Drywell pressure followed by the opening of the Suppression  
            Suppression Chamber to Drywell vacuum breakers followed by the opening of the
Chamber to Drywell vacuum breakers followed by the opening of the Reactor  
            Reactor Building to Suppression Chamber vacuum breakers.
Building to Suppression Chamber vacuum breakers.  
      References: OPL171.044 Rev.10 pg 59
DY A large rapid reduction in Drywell pressure followed by the opening of the  
      A. Incorrect since the Suppression Chamber to Drywell vacuum breakers open first.
Suppression Chamber to Drywell vacuum breakers followed by the opening of the  
      9. Incorrect since the pressure reduction is rapid due to mainly steam in the Drywell.
Reactor Building to Suppression Chamber vacuum breakers.  
      C. Incorrect since the pressure reduction is rapid due to mainly steam in the Drywell.
References: OPL171.044 Rev.10 pg 59  
      D. Correct answer.
A. Incorrect since the Suppression Chamber to Drywell vacuum breakers open first.  
Tuesday, January 21.2003 08:41:36AM                                                        22
9. Incorrect since the pressure reduction is rapid due to mainly steam in the Drywell.  
C. Incorrect since the pressure reduction is rapid due to mainly steam in the Drywell.  
D. Correct answer.  
Tuesday, January 21.2003 08:41:36
AM
22  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
RO Tier:
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
Keyword:
      RO Tier:    T2G2                             SRO Tier: T2G1
Source:
      Keyword:    SUPPRESSIONCHAMBER                Cog Level: CIA 3.0/3.1
Test:
        Source:    N                                Exam:     BF02301
QUESTIONS REPORT  
      Test:        C                                Misc:     TCK
for Browns Ferry Questions  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:36 AM                                         23
T2G2  
SUPPRESSION CHAMBER
N
C
SRO Tier:  
T2G1  
Cog Level: CIA 3.0/3.1  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:36 AM  
23  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  22. 233000K1.02 001
22. 233000K1.02 001  
        Which ONE of the following is CORRECT regarding RHR Supplemental Fuel Pool
Which ONE of the following is CORRECT regarding RHR Supplemental Fuel Pool  
        Cooling?
Cooling?  
        A. The RHR pumps are preferred for use in this mode over the RHR drain pumps.
A. The RHR pumps are preferred for use in this mode over the RHR drain pumps.  
        B. RHR Drain Pump B cannot be used to provide flow.
B. RHR Drain Pump B cannot be used to provide flow.  
                            -                  .-
CY Should only be used when required to maintain Fuel Pool temperature below  
        CY Should only be used when required to maintain Fuel Pool temperature below
-
            125&deg;F.
.-
        D. RHR pump suction is taken from the fuel pool cooling pump discharge line.
125&deg;F.  
        References: OPLI 71.052 page 25
D. RHR pump suction is taken from the fuel pool cooling pump discharge line.  
                        2-01-74 Rev. 107 pg 94
References: OPLI 71.052 page 25  
                        Enabling Objective #6
2-01-74 Rev. 107 pg 94  
      A. Incorrect since the drain pumps are preferred for use over the RHR pumps.
Enabling Objective #6  
        B. Incorrect since RHR Drain Pump B can be used for this function.
A. Incorrect since the drain pumps are preferred for use over the RHR pumps.  
        C. Correct answer.
B. Incorrect since RHR Drain Pump B can be used for this function.  
        D. Incorrect since the suction is taken from the Skimmer Surge Tank outlet.
C. Correct answer.  
        Changed the correct answer to a totally different answer.
D. Incorrect since the suction is taken from the Skimmer Surge Tank outlet.  
      ROTier:     T2G3                             SRO Tier: T2G3
Changed the correct answer to a totally different answer.  
      Keyword     FUEL POOL COOLING                 Cog Level: MEM 2.9/3.0
ROTier:  
        Source:     M                                 Exam:     BF02301
T2G3  
      Test:       C                                 Misc:     TCK
SRO Tier:  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:36 AM                                                 24
T2G3  
Keyword  
FUEL POOL COOLING  
Cog Level: MEM 2.9/3.0  
Source:  
M  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:36 AM  
24  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
    23. 239001K5 08 001
23. 239001K5 08 001  
        DC power has been lost to a MSIV solenoid valve.
DC power has been lost to a MSIV solenoid valve.  
        Which ONE of the following describes the effect on the MSIV?
Which ONE of the following describes the effect on the MSIV?  
        A. The valve will close if open.
A. The valve will close if open.  
            ~
B.' The valve will remain open if open.  
        B.' The valve will remain open if open.
C. The valve cannot be opened if closed.  
        C. The valve cannot be opened if closed.
D. The slow closure capability of the valve is lost.  
        D. The slow closure capability of the valve is lost.
~
        References: OPLl71.009 Rev.8 pg 26
References: OPLl71.009 Rev.8 pg 26  
                      NOTE: Modified the stem slightly and reordered answers.
NOTE: Modified the stem slightly and reordered answers.  
        A. Incorrect since the AC and DC solenoids must de-energize to close the valve.
A. Incorrect since the AC and DC solenoids must de-energize to close the valve.  
        B. Correct answer.
B. Correct answer.  
        C. Incorrect since only ONE of the solenoid valves must be energized to operate the
C. Incorrect since only ONE of the solenoid valves must be energized to operate the  
        valve.
valve.  
        D. Incorrect since the solenoid valves do not affect the testing circuit.
D. Incorrect since the solenoid valves do not affect the testing circuit.  
        ROTier:     T2G2                             SRO Tier: T2G3
ROTier:  
        Keyword    MAIN STEAM                      Cog Level: MEM 2612.7
T2G2  
        Source:    B                                Exam:     BF02301
Keyword
      Test:        C                                Misc:     TCK
MAIN STEAM
Tuesday, January 21,200308:41:36 AM                                                       25
Source:
B
Test:
C
SRO Tier:  
T2G3  
Cog Level: MEM 2612.7  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:36 AM  
25  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  24. 239002K5.04001
24. 239002K5.04 001
        The following plant conditions exist:
The following plant conditions exist:  
            Reactor Power               100% RTP
Reactor Power  
            Reactor Pressure           1000 psig
100% RTP  
            Safety Relief Valve (SRV) 1-4 has lifted and failed to reseat.
Reactor Pressure  
        Which ONE of the following SRV tailpipe temperatures would you expect to see on the
1000 psig  
        SRV that failed to close? (References attached)
Safety Relief Valve (SRV) 1-4 has lifted and failed to reseat.  
        A. 212&deg;F
Which ONE of the following SRV tailpipe temperatures would you expect to see on the  
        B. 290&deg;F
SRV that failed to close? (References attached)  
        C. 345&deg;F
A. 212&deg;F  
        D. 545&deg;F
B. 290&deg;F  
        JUSTIFICATION
C. 345&deg;F  
        A. Incorrect since this is saturation temperature for steam at tailpipe pressure
D. 545&deg;F  
        (atmospheric).
JUSTIFICATION  
        B. Correct answer. This is a throttling process and is therefore isenthalpic.
A. Incorrect since this is saturation temperature for steam at tailpipe pressure  
        C. 340&deg;F would be incorrectly determined if the candidate considered the process to be
(atmospheric).  
        isenthalpic to the saturation line, then followed the constant superheat line to
B. Correct answer. This is a throttling process and is therefore isenthalpic.  
        atmospheric pressure.
C. 340&deg;F would be incorrectly determined if the candidate considered the process to be  
        D. Incorrect since this is saturation temperature for reactor pressure.
isenthalpic to the saturation line, then followed the constant superheat line to  
        ROTier:     T2G1                               SRO Tier: T2G1
atmospheric pressure.  
      Keyword      RELIEF VALVE                      Cog Level: CIA 3.313.5
D. Incorrect since this is saturation temperature for reactor pressure.  
        Source:    B                                  Exam:     BF02301
ROTier:  
      Test:        C                                  Misc:     TCK
T2G1  
Tuesday, January 21,20030841:36AM                                                          26
Keyword
RELIEF VALVE
Source:
B
Test:
C
SRO Tier:  
T2G1  
Cog Level: CIA 3.313.5  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 0841 :36 AM
26  


                                                QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                            for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  25. 241000A4.11001
25. 241000A4.11001  
      Which ONE of the following is the controlling parameter that is illuminated on the
Which ONE of the following is the controlling parameter that is illuminated on the  
        Turbine Control Panel during a turbine roll to 1800 rpm?
Turbine Control Panel during a turbine roll to 1800 rpm?  
            ~  . ~ ~~   ~~~~ ~ ~~ ~     ~   ~ ~ ~~~~~~ ~~
A. Valve position.  
      A. Valve position.
~  
        B. Pressure.
~  
      -
~  
        C.' Speed.
~~~~~~  
        D. Load.
~~  
      References: OPLl71.228 Rev. 0 pg
~  
                              Enabling Objective OPL171.228 #9
.
      A,B and D are incorrect since SPEED is the controlling parameter until the turbine
~  
      reaches "AT SET SPEED".
~~  
      C. Correct answer.
~~~~  
      ROTier:       T2G1                                   SRO Tier: T2G1
~  
      Keyword:      EHC SYSTEM                            Cog Level: CIA 3.113.1
~~  
      Source:        B                                    Exam:     BF02301
~
      Test:          C                                    Misc:     TCK
B. Pressure.  
Tuesday, January 21,200308:41:36 AM                                                       27
C.' Speed.  
D. Load.  
-
References: OPLl71.228 Rev. 0 pg  
Enabling Objective OPL171.228 #9  
A, B and D are incorrect since SPEED is the controlling parameter until the turbine  
reaches "AT SET SPEED".  
C. Correct answer.  
ROTier:  
T2G1  
Keyword:
EHC SYSTEM
Source:
B
Test:
C
SRO Tier:  
T2G1  
Cog Level: CIA 3.113.1  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:36 AM  
27  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                      for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  26. 245000K5.03 001
26. 245000K5.03 001  
        The main turbine shell is being warmed in accordance with GOI-100-IA, Unit Startup
The main turbine shell is being warmed in accordance with GOI-100-IA, Unit Startup  
        and Power Operation and 01-47, Turbine Generator System.
and Power Operation and 01-47, Turbine Generator System.  
        Which one of the following is the correct turbine valve configuration?
Which one of the following is the correct turbine valve configuration?  
          CONTROL VALVES             STOP VALVES       INTRCPT STOPS       INTRCPT CONTROL
CONTROL VALVES  
        A. Fullopen                 1,3 & 4 closed         Full closed         Full open
STOP VALVES  
                                    (# 2 BP open)
INTRCPT STOPS  
        BY Full open                 1,3 & 4 closed         Full closed         Full closed
INTRCPT CONTROL  
                                    (#2 BP open)
A. Fullopen  
        C. Full closed                 Full closed           Full open           Full open
1,3 & 4 closed  
        D. Fullopen                     Full open           Full open           Full closed
Full closed  
      Taskno: U-047-NO-02
Full open  
      ROTier:     T2G2                               SRO Tier: T2G2
(# 2 BP open)  
      Keyword     TURBINE CONTROLS                 Cog Level: CIA2.612.6
BY Full open  
      Source:     B                                 Exam:       BF02301
1,3 & 4 closed  
      Test:       C                                 Misc:
Full closed  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 06:41:36 AM                                                         28
Full closed  
(#2 BP open)  
C. Full closed  
Full closed  
Full open  
Full open  
D. Fullopen  
Full open  
Full open  
Full closed  
Taskno: U-047-NO-02  
ROTier:  
T2G2  
SRO Tier:  
T2G2  
Keyword  
TURBINE CONTROLS  
Cog Level: CIA2.612.6  
Source:  
B  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 06:41:36 AM  
28  


                                      QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  27. 259001A1.01 001
27. 259001A1.01 001  
        Unit 2 is at 100% RTP. A heater tube leak activates alarm 2-LA-6-4, HEATER A 2
Unit 2 is at 100% RTP. A heater tube leak activates alarm 2-LA-6-4, HEATER A2
        LEVEL HIGH. The Operator checks the ICs screen and verifies a valid HIGH HIGH
LEVEL HIGH. The Operator checks the ICs screen and verifies a valid HIGH HIGH  
        (Red) level. Heater level continues to rise.
(Red) level. Heater level continues to rise.  
        Whigh ONE of the following describes the required Operator action and the response
Whigh ONE of the following describes the required Operator action and the response  
        of the plant?
of the plant?  
        A? The Operator should be directed reduce Core Thermal Power and verify 2A2 heatei
A? The Operator should be directed reduce Core Thermal Power and verify 2A2 heatei  
            high level dump valve to the main condenser OPENS.
high level dump valve to the main condenser OPENS.  
        6. The Operator should be directed to hold power constant and verify the 2A2 high
6. The Operator should be directed to hold power constant and verify the 2A2 high  
            level dump valve to the heater drain cooler OPENS.
level dump valve to the heater drain cooler OPENS.  
        C. The Operator should be directed to reduce Core Thermal Power and verify HP
C. The Operator should be directed to reduce Core Thermal Power and verify HP  
            Heater 2A1 extraction isolation valve is OPEN.
Heater 2A1 extraction isolation valve is OPEN.  
        D. The Operator should be directed to hold power constant and verify the drain inle
D. The Operator should be directed to hold power constant and verify the drain inle  
            flow from the 2A2 heater to the 2A1 heater is isolated.
flow from the 2A2 heater to the 2A1 heater is isolated.  
        References: 2-ARP-9-6A Rev.16 pg 10
References: 2-ARP-9-6A Rev.16 pg 10  
                        Note: Modified from a question on the last exam.
Note: Modified from a question on the last exam.  
        A. Correct answer.
A. Correct answer.  
        B. Incorrect since core thermal power should be lowered.
B. Incorrect since core thermal power should be lowered.  
        C. Incorrect since the drain for the 2A2 heater to the 2A1 heater should be open.
C. Incorrect since the drain for the 2A2 heater to the 2A1 heater should be open.  
        D. Incorrect since core thermal power should be lowered.
D. Incorrect since core thermal power should be lowered.  
        ROTier:     T2G1                             SRO Tier: T2G2
ROTier:  
      Keyword      FEEDWATER HEATERS                Cog Level: CIA 3.313.3
T2G1  
        Source:    M                                Exam:     BF02301
Keyword
      Test:        C                                Misc:     TCK
FEEDWATER HEATERS
Tuesday, January 21,2003 0841:37 AM                                                         29
Source:
M
Test:
C
SRO Tier:  
T2G2  
Cog Level: CIA 3.313.3  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 0841:37 AM  
29  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  28.262001K4.06 001
28. 262001K4.06 001  
        Unit 2 is operating at 100% RTP.
Unit 2 is operating at 100% RTP.  
            -A combination of errors cause an inadvertent Group 1 and Group 4 isolation.
-A combination of errors cause an inadvertent Group 1 and Group 4 isolation.  
            -A loss of I&C 2A also occurs. Panel 9-9 cabinet 2 does not transfer.
-A loss of I&C 2A also occurs. Panel 9-9 cabinet 2 does not transfer.  
            -Reactor Water Level is currently at 22".
-Reactor Water Level is currently at 22".  
            -The causing event for the group isolations is-quickly corrected, however I&C
-The causing event for the group isolations is-quickly corrected, however I&C  
              -cannot be restored.
-cannot be restored.  
        Which ONE of the following lists the systems that can be utilized immediately to restore
Which ONE of the following lists the systems that can be utilized immediately to restore  
        reactor water level?
reactor water level?  
        A. RClC and CRD only.
A. RClC and CRD only.  
        B.' HPCl , RClC and CRD.
B.' HPCl , RClC and CRD.  
        C. Core Spray, HPCI, and RCIC.
C. Core Spray, HPCI, and RCIC.  
        D. Reactor Feed Pumps, RClC and CRD.
D. Reactor Feed Pumps, RClC and CRD.  
        References: 2-AOI-57-5A, Rev. 37 pg 2 and 3
References: 2-AOI-57-5A, Rev. 37 pg 2 and 3  
                        Bank question - Revised answers slightly and reworded last portion of
Bank question - Revised answers slightly and reworded last portion of  
                                        stem.
stem.  
        A. Incorrect since HPCl is also available for injection since the Group 4 isolation is able
A. Incorrect since HPCl is also available for injection since the Group 4 isolation is able  
        to be reset even with a loss of I&C A.
to be reset even with a loss of I&C A.  
        B. Correct answer.
B. Correct answer.  
        C. Incorrect since Core Spray cannot be used with reactor at normal operating
C. Incorrect since Core Spray cannot be used with reactor at normal operating  
        pressure.
pressure.  
        D. Incorrect since Reactor Feedwater Pumps are not available due to Group 1 isolation
D. Incorrect since Reactor Feedwater Pumps are not available due to Group 1 isolation  
        not being able to be reset until I&C A is restored.
not being able to be reset until I&C A is restored.  
        ROTier:     T2G2                               SRO Tier: T2G1
ROTier:  
        Keyword     AC DISTRIBUTION                   Cog Level: CIA 3.613.9
T2G2  
        Source:     B                                 Exam:     BF02301
SRO Tier:  
        Test:       C                                 Mix:       TCK
T2G1  
Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:37 AM                                                           30
Keyword  
AC DISTRIBUTION  
Cog Level: CIA 3.613.9  
Source:  
B  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Mix:  
TCK  
Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:37 AM  
30  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
    29. 262002K6.02 001
29. 262002K6.02 001  
        Unit 2 UPS Distribution Bus Battery Board 2 Panel 11 has just de-energized.
Unit 2 UPS Distribution Bus Battery Board 2 Panel 11 has just de-energized.  
        Which ONE of the following-describes the effect this has on the equipment that is
Which ONE of the following-describes the effect this has on the equipment that is  
        supplied by Panel 9-9 Cabinet 6?
supplied by Panel 9-9 Cabinet 6?  
        A. The equipment is de-energized until power to Panel 9-9 Cabinet 6 is manually
A. The equipment is de-energized until power to Panel 9-9 Cabinet 6 is manually  
            transferred to Batt Bd 3 Panel 11.
transferred to Batt Bd 3 Panel 11.  
        B. The equipment is de-energized until power is restored to Batt Bd 2 Panel 11.
B. The equipment is de-energized until power is restored to Batt Bd 2 Panel 11.  
        Cy The equipment remains energized due to power supply to Panel 9-9 Cabinet 6 auto
Cy The equipment remains energized due to power supply to Panel 9-9 Cabinet 6 auto  
            transfers to Batt Bd 3 Panel 11.
transfers to Batt Bd 3 Panel 11.  
        D. The equipment remains energized due to MMG power supply automatically
D. The equipment remains energized due to MMG power supply automatically  
            transferring to its 250VDC supply.
transferring to its 250VDC supply.  
        References: OPL171.I02 Rev.4 pg 14 and 15
References: OPL171 .I02 Rev.4 pg 14 and 15  
                        Enabling Objective OPL171.102 #2a and 2b
Enabling Objective OPL171.102 #2a and 2b  
        A. Incorrect since the equipment remains energized due to auto transfer.
A. Incorrect since the equipment remains energized due to auto transfer.  
        B. Incorrect since the equipment remains energized due to auto transfer.
B. Incorrect since the equipment remains energized due to auto transfer.  
        C. Correct answer.
C. Correct answer.  
        d. Incorrect since the MMG set power supply does not affect the power to Panel 9-9.
d. Incorrect since the MMG set power supply does not affect the power to Panel 9-9.  
        ROTier:     T2G2                             SRO Tier: T2G2
ROTier:  
        Keyword    480V DISTRIBUTION                Cog Level: MEM 2.813.1
T2G2  
        Source:    N                                Exam:     BF02301
Keyword
      Test:        C                                Mix:       TCK
480V DISTRIBUTION
Tuesday, January 21,200308:41:37 AM                                                       31
Source:
N
Test:
C
SRO Tier:  
T2G2  
Cog Level: MEM 2.813.1  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Mix:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003
08:41:37 AM  
31  


                                      QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  30. 263000K1.04 001
30. 263000K1.04 001  
        The Unit 2 Unit Operator receives alarm BATBD 2 BKR TR/POUT/FUSEBLOWN OR
The Unit 2 Unit Operator receives alarm BATBD 2 BKR TR/POUT/FUSE BLOWN OR  
        GROUND.
GROUND.  
        Which ONE of the following describes where the Field Operator would be sent to check
Which ONE of the following describes where the Field Operator would be sent to check  
        for a ground?
for a ground?  
        A. Battery Board Room No. 2,250V Charger 2A panel.
A. Battery Board Room No. 2,250V Charger 2A panel.  
        B. 250V DC Distribution Panel SBA.
B. 250V DC Distribution Panel SBA.  
        CY Battery Board Room No. 2, Panel 1.
CY Battery Board Room No. 2, Panel 1.  
        D. 4KV Shutdown Bd 250V DC Distribution Panel SD9EB.
D. 4KV Shutdown Bd 250V DC Distribution Panel SD9EB.  
        References: 2-ARP-9-8C Page 8 Tile #7
References: 2-ARP-9-8C Page 8 Tile #7  
                      0-01-57D Rev.62 Pg 42,46 and 47.
0-01-57D Rev.62 Pg 42,46 and 47.  
      C. Correct answer.
C. Correct answer.  
      A, B and D. Plausible distractors.
A, B and D. Plausible distractors.  
      ROTier:     T2G2                             SRO Tier: T2G2
ROTier:  
      Keyword     GROUND DETECTION                 Cog Level MEM 2.6/2.9
T2G2  
      Source:     N                               Exam:     BF02301
SRO Tier:  
      Test:       C                               Misc:     TCK
T2G2  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:37AM                                                      32
Keyword  
GROUND DETECTION  
Cog Level MEM 2.6/2.9  
Source:  
N  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:37 AM
32  


                                          QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                      for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
    31. 264000A1.03 001
31. 264000A1.03 001  
          Diesel Generator 3A is synchronized to 4KV Shut Down Board 3A. The
Diesel Generator 3A is synchronized to 4KV Shut Down Board 3A. The  
          instrumentation readings for the diesel generator are as follows:
instrumentation readings for the diesel generator are as follows:  
        ~   .~   ~ ~
~  
                            ~                                         .  ~   ~~~~~     ~~~~ ~~~~ .
.  
                    voltage: 4160 VAC
~  
                    frequency = 59.8
~~~~~  
                    current = 340 amps    . .>. I. ... . .  -    ...   . .~    . .           ..~. . .,,
~~~~  
                                                                                                        ~
~~~~  
                    vars = 1600 Kvars
.
                    watts = 2585 KW
~  
                    oil temp = 145&deg;F
.~  
          Which ONE of the following actions are required if the diesel is expected to be
~  
          operated for an extended period?
~  
          A. The operator must take the voltage regulator control switch to raise to avoid
voltage: 41 60 VAC  
              excessive stator currents.
frequency = 59.8  
          B. The operator must take the voltage regulator control switch to lower to avoid
vars = 1600 Kvars
              excessive stator currents.
watts = 2585 KW
          C. The operator must take the governor control switch to lower to avoid excessive field
oil temp = 145&deg;F
              current.
.~
          DY The operator must take the governor control switch to raise to avoid excessive field
~
              current.
. .
        References: 01-82
. . , , 
        OPL171.038 Rev. 9, page 31
..  
        ROTier:       T2G1                                 SRO Tier: '1'2G1
. .   
        Keyword       DIESEL GENERATOR                     Cog Level: CIA2.8I2.9
current = 340 amps
        Source:       B                                   Exam:     BF02301
. .>.  
        Test:         C                                   Misc:
I.  
Tuesday, January 21,200308:42:37 AM                                                                         33
... . .  
-
~
.
.
.~  
Which ONE of the following actions are required if the diesel is expected to be  
operated for an extended period?  
A. The operator must take the voltage regulator control switch to raise to avoid  
excessive stator currents.  
B. The operator must take the voltage regulator control switch to lower to avoid  
excessive stator currents.  
C. The operator must take the governor control switch to lower to avoid excessive field  
current.  
DY The operator must take the governor control switch to raise to avoid excessive field  
current.  
References: 01-82  
OPL171.038 Rev. 9, page 31  
ROTier:  
T2G1  
SRO Tier: '1'2G1  
Keyword  
DIESEL GENERATOR  
Cog Level: CIA2.8I2.9  
Source:  
B  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:42:37 AM  
33  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  32. 268000A4.01001
32. 268000A4.01001  
        Given the following information along with 2-SR-2, lnsfrumenf Checks and Observation
Given the following information along with 2-SR-2, lnsfrumenf Checks and Observation  
        Rev.29 pg 20:
Rev.29 pg 20:  
            Unit 2 has been at 100% RTP for 3 weeks.
Unit 2 has been at 100% RTP for 3 weeks.  
            Current 2-FQ-77-6 Reading at 0800                       63624.3
Current 2-FQ-77-6 Reading at 0800  
            Previous Days 2-FQ-77-6 Reading at 0800                 63125.4
Previous Days 2-FQ-77-6 Reading at 0800  
            Previous Days Leakrate         -                               .34 gpm
Previous Days Leakrate  
        Which ONE of the following describes the status of the LEAKAGE limits?
-  
      A. No limits are being exceeded.
.34 gpm  
        B.* Increase in unidentified LEAKAGE limit is being exceeded.
Which ONE of the following describes the status of the LEAKAGE limits?  
        C. Unidentified LEAKAGE limit is being exceeded.
A. No limits are being exceeded.  
        D. Increase in unidentifed LEAKAGE and unidentified LEAKAGE limit are both being
B.* Increase in unidentified LEAKAGE limit is being exceeded.  
            exceeded.
63624.3
      References: 2-SR-2 Rev.29 pg 20
63125.4
      A. Incorrect since increase in LEAKAGE limit is being exceeded at 3.12 gpm. Limit is
C. Unidentified LEAKAGE limit is being exceeded.  
      - 2 gpm. If use decimal point when subtracting readings then this would be the answer
D. Increase in unidentifed LEAKAGE and unidentified LEAKAGE limit are both being  
      that the student would get. Procedure says to ignore decimal point.
exceeded.  
      B.Correct answer. Increase in LEAKAGE is at 3.12 gpm and limit is 5 2 gpm.
References: 2-SR-2 Rev.29 pg 20  
      C. Incorrect since the increase in LEAKAGE is the only limit not met.
A. Incorrect since increase in LEAKAGE limit is being exceeded at 3.12 gpm. Limit is  
      D. Incorrect since the increase in LEAKAGE is the only limit not met.
- 2 gpm. If use decimal point when subtracting readings then this would be the answer  
      ROTier:     T2G3                             SRO Tier: T2G3
that the student would get. Procedure says to ignore decimal point.  
      Keyword     LEAKAGE LIMITS                   Cog Level: CIA 3.413.6
B. Correct answer. Increase in LEAKAGE is at 3.12 gpm and limit is 5 2 gpm.  
      Source:     N                                 Exam:     BF02301
C. Incorrect since the increase in LEAKAGE is the only limit not met.  
      Test:       C                                 Misc:     TCK
D. Incorrect since the increase in LEAKAGE is the only limit not met.  
Tuesday, January 21.2003 08:41:37 AM                                                     34
ROTier:  
T2G3  
SRO Tier:  
T2G3  
Keyword  
LEAKAGE LIMITS  
Cog Level: CIA 3.413.6  
Source:  
N  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21.2003 08:41:37 AM  
34  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
    33. 271000K3.02 001
33. 271000K3.02 001  
        Which ONE of the following describes the effect on Offsite Release Rates and the
Which ONE of the following describes the effect on Offsite Release Rates and the  
        reason why if the Off-Gas System Glycol pumps fail?
reason why if the Off-Gas System Glycol pumps fail?  
        A.' Offsite Release Rates will INCREASE due to the Charcoal Adsorbers becor     C'
A.' Offsite Release Rates will INCREASE due to the Charcoal Adsorbers becor  
            less efficient.
less efficient.  
        B. Offsite Release Rates will DECREASE due to better H202Recombination.
B. Offsite Release Rates will DECREASE due to better H202 Recombination.  
        C. Offsite Release Rates will INCREASE due to the Off-Gas Condenser becon lg .2ss
C. Offsite Release Rates will INCREASE due to the Off-Gas Condenser becon  
            efficient.
efficient.
        D. Offsite Release Rates will DECREASE due to the Charcoal Adsorbers becoming
'C
            more efficient.
lg .2ss  
        References: OPL171.030 Rev. 13 Pg 29 and 31
D. Offsite Release Rates will DECREASE due to the Charcoal Adsorbers becoming  
        A. Correct answer. The glycol cools the Cooler Condenser which is used to remove
more efficient.  
        moisture from the gases entering the Charcoal Adsorbers. Water is a poison to the
References: OPL171.030 Rev. 13 Pg 29 and 31  
        adsorbers so if the gases contain more moisture then the adsorbers are less efficient.
A. Correct answer. The glycol cools the Cooler Condenser which is used to remove  
        B. Incorrect since the glycol system has no affect on the Recombiners.
moisture from the gases entering the Charcoal Adsorbers. Water is a poison to the  
        C. Incorrect since the Condensate System supplies cooling to the Off-Gas condenser.
adsorbers so if the gases contain more moisture then the adsorbers are less efficient.  
        D. Incorrect since the Charcoal Adsorbers become less efficient.
B. Incorrect since the glycol system has no affect on the Recombiners.  
        ROTier:     T2G2                            SRO Tier: T2G2
C. Incorrect since the Condensate System supplies cooling to the Off-Gas condenser.  
        Keyword     OFF-GAS SYSTEM                   Cog Level: CIA 3.313.9
D. Incorrect since the Charcoal Adsorbers become less efficient.  
        Source:    N                                Exam:     BF02301
ROTier:  
      Test:        C                                Misc:     TCK
T2G2  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:37 AM                                                       35
Keyword  
OFF-GAS SYSTEM  
Source:
N
Test:
C
SRO Tier:
T2G2
Cog Level: CIA 3.313.9  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:37 AM  
35  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                      for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  34.28
3 4 . 2 8 
        The following conditions currently exist on Unit 2:
The following conditions currently exist on Unit 2:  
          - A fire at one station service transformer has actuated the water spray system.
- A fire at one station service transformer has actuated the water spray system.  
            - Fire header pressure has been 115 psig for 35 seconds after the spray system
- Fire header pressure has been 11 5 psig for 35 seconds after the spray system  
            actuated.
actuated.  
          -All system controls are in a normal lineup.
-All system controls are in a normal lineup.  
                            .
.  
        Based on these conditions, the diesel fire pump....
Based on these conditions, the diesel fire pump ....  
        A. and all three electric fire pumps are operating.
A. and all three electric fire pumps are operating.  
        B. and two of the three electric fire pumps are operating.
B. and two of the three electric fire pumps are operating.  
        CY is in standby and all three electric fire pumps are operating.
CY is in standby and all three electric fire pumps are operating.  
        D. and two electric fire pumps are in standby; the selected electric fire pump is
D. and two electric fire pumps are in standby; the selected electric fire pump is  
            operating.
operating.  
        References: OPL171.049 Rev. 12 pg 43
References: OPL171.049 Rev. 12 pg 43  
                        Enabling Objective (HLT) 5
Enabling Objective (HLT) 5  
                        0-01-26 Rev. 55 pg 10
0-01-26 Rev. 55 pg 10  
        A. Incorrect since the diesel fire pump doesn't start until 45 seconds after pressure is
A. Incorrect since the diesel fire pump doesn't start until 45 seconds after pressure is  
        below 120#.
below 120#.  
        B. Incorrect since the diesel fire pump doesn't start until 45 seconds after pressure is
B. Incorrect since the diesel fire pump doesn't start until 45 seconds after pressure is  
        below 120#.
below 120#.  
        C. Correct answer.
C. Correct answer.  
        D.Incorrect since all of the electric fire pumps should be running.
D. Incorrect since all of the electric fire pumps should be running.  
        ROTier:     T2G2                               SRO Tier: T2G2
ROTier:  
        Keyword     FIRE PROTECTION                     Cog Level: CIA 3.413.4
T2G2  
        Source:     M                                   Exam:     BF02301
SRO Tier:  
        Test:       C                                   Misc:     TCK
T2G2  
Tuesday, January 21,200308:41:37 AM                                                           36
Keyword  
FIRE PROTECTION  
Cog Level: CIA 3.413.4  
Source:  
M  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:37 AM  
36  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
    35. 290001A3.01001
35. 290001A3.01001  
        Which ONE of the following conditions will cause the Reactor Bldg ventilation fans to
Which ONE of the following conditions will cause the Reactor Bldg ventilation fans to  
        trip and isolate?
trip and isolate?  
              ~~      ~
A. Reactor water level reaches +I4 inches on a scram.  
        A. Reactor water level reaches + I 4 inches on a scram.
~~
        B. Drywell pressure reaches 2.3 psig before the Drywell can be vented.
~
        Cy Reactor Bldg static pressure reaches +.6 inches of water due to high winds.
B. Drywell pressure reaches 2.3 psig before the Drywell can be vented.  
        D. Reactor Zone exhaust duct radiation level reaches 62 mWhr due to a steam leak.
Cy Reactor Bldg static pressure reaches +.6 inches of water due to high winds.  
                                  ~     ~         ~
D. Reactor Zone exhaust duct radiation level reaches 62 mWhr due to a steam leak.  
        References: OPL171.016 Rev.12 pg 62 and 63
~  
        A. Incorrect since the isolation setpoint for RWL is +     I
~  
                                                                  1.2".
~  
        B. Incorrect since the isolation setpoint for Drywell High pressure is +2.45 psig.
References: OPL171.016 Rev.12 pg 62 and 63  
        C. Correct answer.
A. Incorrect since the isolation setpoint for RWL is +I  
        D. Incorrect since the isolation setpoint for exhaust duct hi rads is 72 mWhr.
1.2".  
        ROTier:     T2G2                               SRO Tier:   T2G1
B. Incorrect since the isolation setpoint for Drywell High pressure is +2.45 psig.  
        Keyword     SECONDARY CONTAINMEN               Cog Level: MEM 3.914.0
C. Correct answer.  
        Source:     N                                 Exam:       BF02301
D. Incorrect since the isolation setpoint for exhaust duct hi rads is 72 mWhr.  
        Test:       C                                 Misc:       TCK
ROTier:  
Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:37AM                                                          37
T2G2  
SRO Tier:  
T2G1  
Keyword  
SECONDARY CONTAINMEN  
Cog Level: MEM 3.914.0  
Source:  
N  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:37 AM
37  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  36. 290002K4.03 001
36. 290002K4.03 001  
        Which ONE of the following describes the design and purpose of the orificing in the
Which ONE of the following describes the design and purpose of the orificing in the  
        lower section of the reactor core?
lower section of the reactor core?  
        A. All orifices are the same size to ensure all bundles have the same flow.
A. All orifices are the same size to ensure all bundles have the same flow.  
        B. The interior bundles have more orifices to ensure equalized core flow at high power
B. The interior bundles have more orifices to ensure equalized core flow at high power  
            levels.
levels.  
        C. Center portions of the core have smaller orifices to ensure the neutron
C. Center portions of the core have smaller orifices to ensure the neutron  
            thermalization is equalized across the core.
thermalization is equalized across the core.  
        D. The outer portions of the core have smaller orifices to ensure adequate cooling in
D. The outer portions of the core have smaller orifices to ensure adequate cooling in  
            the interior fuel bundles at high power levels.
the interior fuel bundles at high power levels.  
        References: OPLl71.002 Rev5 pg 24-26
References: OPLl71.002 Rev5 pg 24-26  
                      Enabling Objective OPL171.002 #2
Enabling Objective OPL171.002 #2  
      A. Incorrect since all orifices are not the same size.
A. Incorrect since all orifices are not the same size.  
        B. Incorrect since more orifices are not provided but larger orifices are provided.
B. Incorrect since more orifices are not provided but larger orifices are provided.  
        C. Incorrect since center orifices are larger than outer orifices.
C. Incorrect since center orifices are larger than outer orifices.  
        D.Correct answer.
D. Correct answer.  
      ROTier:     T2G3                               SRO Tier: T2G3
ROTier:  
      Keyword      VESSEL INTERNALS                  Cog Level: MEM 3.2/3.3
T2G3  
      Source:      B                                  Exam:     BF02301
Keyword
      Test:        C                                  Misc:     TCK
VESSEL INTERNALS
Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:38 AM                                                         38
Source:
B
Test:
C
SRO Tier:  
T2G3  
Cog Level: MEM 3.2/3.3  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:38 AM  
38  


                                          QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                      for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  37. 295002AA1.05 001
37. 295002AA1.05 001  
        The following plant conditions exist on Unit 2:
The following plant conditions exist on Unit 2:  
          - Reactor mode switch:       STARTUPlHOT STANDBY
- Reactor mode switch:  
          - Main turbine:               Shell warming
STARTUPlHOT STANDBY  
          - Feedwater lineup:           RFP A maintaining level in single element
- Main turbine:  
                                  7
Shell warming  
        Which ONE of the following statements describes the expected sequence of actions as
- Feedwater lineup:  
        a condensate system leak causes condenser vacuum to decrease from 24 inches Hg
RFP A maintaining level in single element  
        Vacuum to atmospheric pressure?
7  
        A. The RFP turbine trips, then later, the turbine bypass valves close, followed by a
Which ONE of the following statements describes the expected sequence of actions as  
            reactor scram on low condenser vacuum.
a condensate system leak causes condenser vacuum to decrease from 24 inches Hg  
        B. The RFP turbine trips and the main turbine bypass valves close at the same time,
Vacuum to atmospheric pressure?  
            then later, the Main Turbine trips.
A. The RFP turbine trips, then later, the turbine bypass valves close, followed by a  
        C! The Main Turbine trips, then later, the RFP turbine trips and the main turbine
reactor scram on low condenser vacuum.  
            bypass valves close at the same time.
B. The RFP turbine trips and the main turbine bypass valves close at the same time,  
        D. The Main Turbine trips and the reactor scrams in response to the turbine trip, then
then later, the Main Turbine trips.  
            later, the RFP turbine trips and Main Turbine bypass valves close at the same time.
C! The Main Turbine trips, then later, the RFP turbine trips and the main turbine  
        JUSTIFICATION
bypass valves close at the same time.  
        a.     There is no reactor scram on low main condenser vacuum.
D. The Main Turbine trips and the reactor scrams in response to the turbine trip, then  
        b.      A true statement at 7" Hg Vac; however, this is preceded by a main turbine trip at 21" Hg
later, the RFP turbine trips and Main Turbine bypass valves close at the same time.  
                Vac.
JUSTIFICATION  
        C.      Correct answer.
a.  
        d.      The reactor won't trip on a turbine trip below 30% RTP.
b.
        ROTier:     T1G2                                 SROTier: T1G2
C.
        Keyword      MAIN TURBINE                          Cog Level: CIA 3.213.2
Correct answer.
        Source:      B                                    Exam:     BF02301
d.
        Test:        C                                    Misc:
There is no reactor scram on low main condenser vacuum.  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:38 AM                                                                 39
A true statement at 7" Hg Vac; however, this is preceded by a main turbine trip at 21" Hg  
Vac.  
The reactor won't trip on a turbine trip below 30% RTP.  
ROTier:  
T1G2  
Keyword
MAIN TURBINE
Source:
B
Test:
C
SROTier:  
T1G2  
Cog Level: CIA 3.213.2  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Misc:  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:38 AM  
39  


                                      QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  38. 295003AK1.02 001
38. 295003AK1.02 001  
        Unit 2 is at 100% power and has a special test in progress with the C DIG tied to 4KV
Unit 2 is at 100% power and has a special test in progress with the C DIG tied to 4KV  
        SD Bd C as the sole source. The following occurs:
SD Bd C as the sole source. The following occurs:  
            MSlVs go closed due to high steam tunnel temperature.
MSlVs go closed due to high steam tunnel temperature.  
            All rods do not insert.
All rods do not insert.  
            Reactor pressure is 800 psig.
Reactor pressure is 800 psig.  
            Reactor power is 2.5%.
Reactor power is 2.5%.  
            Reactor level is -45".
Reactor level is -45".  
        If reactor water level decreased to -122 inches, which ONE of the following describes
If reactor water level decreased to -122 inches, which ONE of the following describes  
        the effect this would have on the RBCCW system?
the effect this would have on the RBCCW system?  
        A: Both pumps trip, 2A will auto restart in 40 seconds.
A:  
        B. RBCCW pump 2B will trip, pump 2A not effected.
Both pumps trip, 2A will auto restart in 40 seconds.  
        C. Both pumps trip and auto restart in 40 seconds.
B. RBCCW pump 2B will trip, pump 2A not effected.  
        D. No effect on the system,
C. Both pumps trip and auto restart in 40 seconds.  
      References: OPL171.072 Rev. 8 pg 7 & 15
D. No effect on the system,  
                        Enabling Objective OPL171.072 #4
References: OPL171.072 Rev. 8 pg 7 & 15  
                        Bank Question - Comment: 480V load shed will occur due to C diesel,
Enabling Objective OPL171.072 #4  
                                        only 2A pump auto restarts.
Bank Question - Comment: 480V load shed will occur due to C diesel,  
      A. Correct answer since the D/G is the sole power supply to the Shutdown Board and
only 2A pump auto restarts.  
      water level reaches 122".
A. Correct answer since the D/G is the sole power supply to the Shutdown Board and  
      B. Incorrect since both pumps trip and the 2A restarts after 40 seconds.
water level reaches 122".  
      C. Incorrect since the 2B pump restarts automatically only if the 2A pump fails to start.
B. Incorrect since both pumps trip and the 2A restarts after 40 seconds.  
      D. Incorrect since the RBCCW pumps trip due to D/G tied to the Shutdown Board and
C. Incorrect since the 2B pump restarts automatically only if the 2A pump fails to start.  
      water level reaches -122".
D. Incorrect since the RBCCW pumps trip due to D/G tied to the Shutdown Board and  
      ROTier:     T1G2                             SROTier:   TlGl
water level reaches -122".  
      Keyword     LOAD SHED                       Cog Level: CIA 3.113.2
ROTier:  
      Source:     B                               Exam:     BF02301
T1G2  
      Test:       C                               Misc:     TCK
SROTier:  
Tuesday, January 21,200308:41:38 AM                                                         40
TlGl  
Keyword  
LOAD SHED  
Cog Level: CIA 3.113.2  
Source:  
B  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:38 AM  
40  


                                          QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                      for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
    39. 295004AA1.03 001
39. 295004AA1.03 001  
        Unit 2 was operating at 100% power when a reactor scram occurrs. The following
Unit 2 was operating at 100% power when a reactor scram occurrs. The following  
        plant conditions exist:
plant conditions exist:  
                Main turbine is tripped.
Main turbine is tripped.  
                Main generator PCBs are closed.
Main generator PCBs are closed.  
                Position indication for DC powered RClC valves is out.
Position indication for DC powered RClC valves is out.  
                CORE SPRAY SYS I LOGIC POWER FAILURE annunciator is lit.
CORE SPRAY SYS I LOGIC POWER FAILURE annunciator is lit.  
        Which ONE of the following is the likely cause of this event?
Which ONE of the following is the likely cause of this event?  
        A. Loss of 250 VDC RMOV Bd " A .
A. Loss of 250 VDC RMOV Bd "A.  
        BY Loss of 250 VDC RMOV Bd "B".
BY Loss of 250 VDC RMOV Bd "B".  
        C. Loss of 250 VDC RMOV Bd "c".
C. Loss of 250 VDC RMOV Bd "c".  
        D. Loss of 250 VDC Turb Bldg Dist. Bd 2.
D. Loss of 250 VDC Turb Bldg Dist. Bd 2.  
        References: 2-ARP-9-8C #I       1
References: 2-ARP-9-8C #I  
                        0-01-57D Rev.
1  
        This is a bank question.     B is the correct answer. Not verified yet.
0-01-57D Rev.  
        ROTier:     T1G2                                 SRO Tier: T1G2
This is a bank question. B is the correct answer. Not verified yet.  
        Keyword     250 VDC                             Cog Level: MEM 3.2V3.5
ROTier:  
        Source:     B                                   Exam:     BF02301
T1G2  
        Test:       C                                   Mix:
SRO Tier:  
Tuesday, January 21,200308:41:38 AM                                                     41
T1G2  
Keyword  
250 VDC  
Cog Level: MEM 3.2V3.5  
Source:  
B  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Mix:  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:38 AM  
41  


                                      QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  40. 295007AK1.01 001
40. 295007AK1.01 001  
        Unit 2 has scrammed with the following conditions present:
Unit 2 has scrammed with the following conditions present:  
            All rods inserted.
All rods inserted.  
            Reactor pressure                     475 psig
Reactor pressure  
            Reactor water level                   +53"
475 psig  
            Shutdown Board " A de-energized
Reactor water level  
            MSIV's open
+53"  
        Which ONE of the following lists the systems able to inject at this time?
Shutdown Board " A de-energized  
        A. HPCI, RCIC, 2A CRD Pump.
MSIV's open  
        B. Reactor Feedwater Pumps, 1B CRD Pump, SLC.
Which ONE of the following lists the systems able to inject at this time?  
        CY SLC, Reactor Feedwater Pumps, 2A CRD Pump.
A. HPCI, RCIC, 2A CRD Pump.  
        D. Core Spray, RHR, HPCI.
B. Reactor Feedwater Pumps, 1 B CRD Pump, SLC.  
        References: OPL171.026 Rev.11 pg 25
CY SLC, Reactor Feedwater Pumps, 2A CRD Pump.  
                      OPLl71.040 Rev.18 pg 27
D. Core Spray, RHR, HPCI.  
                      OPL171.042 Rev.16 pg 41
References: OPL171.026 Rev.11 pg 25  
                      OPL171.044 Rev.10 pg 26
OPLl71.040 Rev.18 pg 27  
                      OPL171.045 Rev.11 pg 15
OPL171.042 Rev.16 pg 41  
      A. Incorrect since HPCl and RCIC are isolated due to reactor high water level.
OPL171.044 Rev.10 pg 26  
        B. Incorrect since 1B CRD Pp does not have power.
OPL171.045 Rev.11 pg 15  
      C. Correct answer,
A. Incorrect since HPCl and RCIC are isolated due to reactor high water level.  
        D. Incorrect since Core Spray and RHR injection permissive is 450# and HPCl is
B. Incorrect since 1B CRD Pp does not have power.  
        isolated due to high reactor water level.
C. Correct answer,  
      ROTier:     TlGl                             SROTier:   TlGl
D. Incorrect since Core Spray and RHR injection permissive is 450# and HPCl is  
      Keyword     REACTOR LEVEL                     Cog Level: CIA 2.913.2
isolated due to high reactor water level.  
      Source:     N                                 Exam:     BF02301
ROTier:  
      Test:       C                                 Misc:     TCK
TlGl  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:38AM                                                    42
SROTier:  
TlGl  
Keyword  
REACTOR LEVEL  
Cog Level: CIA 2.913.2  
Source:  
N  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:38 AM
42  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
    41. 295008AK1.02 001
41. 295008AK1.02 001  
        The Unit 3 reactor has received a spurious scram signal. During recovery actions the
The Unit 3 reactor has received a spurious scram signal. During recovery actions the  
        crew identifies that reactor water level is + I 17 inches. Reactor pressure is stable at
crew identifies that reactor water level is + I 17 inches. Reactor pressure is stable at  
        780 psig.
780 psig.  
        Based on this condition, which ONE of the following actions should the operators
Based on this condition, which ONE of the following actions should the operators  
        immediately perform?           -
immediately perform?  
        A. Reduce reactor water level using RWCU.
-  
        B. Trip any operating CRD pump.
A. Reduce reactor water level using RWCU.  
        C. Isolate HPCI and RCIC.
B. Trip any operating CRD pump.  
        D: Close the MSIVs.                                                                     I
C. Isolate HPCI and RCIC.  
        References: 3-01-1 Rev. 0017 pg 6
D: Close the MSIVs.  
                        Added reactor pressure in the stem for clarification.
I  
        A. Incorrect since this does not need to be performed immediately. Throttle
References: 3-01-1 Rev. 0017 pg 6  
        condensate or trip RFPs as necessary to control RWL.
Added reactor pressure in the stem for clarification.  
        B. Incorrect since CRD mechanisms still need to be cooled. Procedures direct to
A. Incorrect since this does not need to be performed immediately. Throttle  
        secure feedwater along with other injection systems.
condensate or trip RFPs as necessary to control RWL.  
        C. Incorrect since these systems should have isolated on Hi water level.
B. Incorrect since CRD mechanisms still need to be cooled. Procedures direct to  
        D. Correct answer since the water level is above the main steam lines and reactor
secure feedwater along with other injection systems.  
        pressure is greater than 50 psig.
C. Incorrect since these systems should have isolated on Hi water level.  
        ROTier:     T1G2                                 SRO Tier: T1G2
D. Correct answer since the water level is above the main steam lines and reactor  
        Keyword    MSIV                                Cog Level: CIA 2.812.8
pressure is greater than 50 psig.  
        Source:    B                                    Exam:     BF02301
ROTier:  
        Test:      C                                    Misc:     TCK
T1G2  
Tuesday, January 21,200308:41:38AM                                                              43
Keyword
MSIV
Source:
B
Test:
C
SRO Tier:  
T1G2  
Cog Level: CIA 2.812.8  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:38 AM
43  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  42. 295009AK2.01001
42. 295009AK2.01001  
        Unit 2 is making preparations to perform a startup after a maintenance outage.
Unit 2 is making preparations to perform a startup after a maintenance outage.  
        Reactor vessel level is being maintained at +33" with Shutdown Cooling still in service.
Reactor vessel level is being maintained at +33" with Shutdown Cooling still in service.  
        Both Recirc Pumps are on at minimum speed.
Both Recirc Pumps are on at minimum speed.  
        Which ONE of the following is the most accurate level indicator under these
Which ONE of the following is the most accurate level indicator under these  
        conditions?
conditions?  
        A. LI 3-53 (0 to +60) on the 9-5 panel.
A. LI 3-53 (0 to +60) on the 9-5 panel.  
        B. LI 3-58A (-155 to +60) on the 9-5 panel.
B. LI 3-58A (-155 to +60) on the 9-5 panel.  
        C.' LI 3-55 (0 to +400) on the 9-3 panel.
C.' LI 3-55 (0 to +400) on the 9-3 panel.  
        D. LI 3-52 (-268 to +32) on the 9-3 panel.
D. LI 3-52 (-268 to +32) on the 9-3 panel.  
        References: OPL171.003 Rev. 15 pg 19-21
References: OPL171.003 Rev. 15 pg 19-21  
      A. Incorrect since instrument is calibrated at normal operating temperatures and
A. Incorrect since instrument is calibrated at normal operating temperatures and  
        pressures.
pressures.  
        8. Incorrect since instrument is calibrated at normal operating temperatures and
8. Incorrect since instrument is calibrated at normal operating temperatures and  
        pressures.
pressures.  
      C. Correct answer since the instrument is calibrated under cold conditions.
C. Correct answer since the instrument is calibrated under cold conditions.  
        D. Incorrect since level band does not reach +33 inches.
D. Incorrect since level band does not reach +33 inches.  
      ROTier:     TlGl                             SRO Tier: TlGl
ROTier:  
      Keyword     LEVEL INSTRUMENTS                 Cog Level: CIA 3.914.0
TlGl  
      Source:     N                                 Exam:     BF02301
SRO Tier:  
      Test:       C                                 Misc:     TCK
TlGl  
Tuesday, Janualy 21,200308:41:39AM                                                            44
Keyword  
LEVEL INSTRUMENTS  
Cog Level: CIA 3.914.0  
Source:  
N  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:39 AM
44  


                                      QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
    43. 295010AA1.01 001
43. 295010AA1.01 001  
        Which ONE of the following conditions would prevent the Drywell Air Cooler fans from
Which ONE of the following conditions would prevent the Drywell Air Cooler fans from  
        operating?
operating?  
        A. Drywell pressure at 2.25 psig with reactor pressure at 435 psig.
A. Drywell pressure at 2.25 psig with reactor pressure at 435 psig.  
        B. Reactor water level at -110" with reactor pressure at 425 psig.
B. Reactor water level at -1 10" with reactor pressure at 425 psig.  
        C. Reactor water level at +I" with reactor pressure at 475 psig.
C. Reactor water level at +I"  
        D.' Drywell pressure at 2.55 psig with reactor pressure at 440 psig.
with reactor pressure at 475 psig.  
        References: OPL171.016 Rev.12 pg 70
D.' Drywell pressure at 2.55 psig with reactor pressure at 440 psig.  
                      OPLl71.045 Rev.11 pg 12
References: OPL171.016 Rev.12 pg 70  
        A. Incorrect since Drywell pressure is below 2.45 psig.
OPLl71.045 Rev.11 pg 12  
        B. Incorrect since Reactor water level is greater than -122".
A. Incorrect since Drywell pressure is below 2.45 psig.  
        C. Incorrect since Reactor water level is greater than -122" and pressure is greater than
B. Incorrect since Reactor water level is greater than -122".  
        450 psig.
C. Incorrect since Reactor water level is greater than -122" and pressure is greater than  
        D. Correct answer since Drywell pressure is greater than 2.45 psig and Reactor
450 psig.  
        pressure is less than 450 psig.
D. Correct answer since Drywell pressure is greater than 2.45 psig and Reactor  
        ROTier:     TlGl                             SROTier:   TlGl
pressure is less than 450 psig.  
        Keyword:   DRYWELL COOLING                   Cog Level: MEM 3N4.0
ROTier:  
        Source:     N                                 Exam:     BF02301
TlGl  
        Test:       C                                 Misc:     TCK
SROTier:  
Tuesday, January 21,200308:41:39AM                                                            45
TlGl  
Keyword:  
DRYWELL COOLING  
Cog Level: MEM 3N4.0  
Source:  
N  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:39 AM
45  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                      for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
    44. 295012AK2.01 001
44. 295012AK2.01 001  
        The Unit 2 Reactor Operator notices that the Drywell Temperature is increasing slowly
The Unit 2 Reactor Operator notices that the Drywell Temperature is increasing slowly  
        as reactor power is increased. He verifies the normal Drywell Cooling Units are in
as reactor power is increased. He verifies the normal Drywell Cooling Units are in  
        operation on Panel 2-9-25.
operation on Panel 2-9-25.  
        Which ONE of the following indicates the normal lineup of the Drywell Cooler Fans and
Which ONE of the following indicates the normal lineup of the Drywell Cooler Fans and  
        the Drywell temperature that should be maintained?
the Drywell temperature that should be maintained?  
        A. 3 of 5 cooling units in each train should be operating and attempting to maintain
A. 3 of 5 cooling units in each train should be operating and attempting to maintain  
            Drywell temperature less than or equal to 150&deg;F.
B: 4 of 5 cooling units in each train should be operating and attempting to maintain  
        B: 4 of 5 cooling units in each train should be operating and attempting to maintain
Drywell temperature less than or equal to 150&deg;F.
            Drywell temperature less than or equal to 135&deg;F.
Drywell temperature less than or equal to 135&deg;F.  
        C. All the Drywell cooling units should be in operation and attempting to maintain
C. All the Drywell cooling units should be in operation and attempting to maintain  
            Drywell temperature less than or equal to 135&deg;F.
Drywell temperature less than or equal to 135&deg;F.  
        D. 4 of 5 cooling units in each train should be operating and attempting to maintain
D. 4 of 5 cooling units in each train should be operating and attempting to maintain  
            Drywell temperature less than or equal to 150&deg;F.
Drywell temperature less than or equal to 150&deg;F.  
        References: 2-01-64 Rev.74 pg 13
References: 2-01-64 Rev.74 pg 13  
        A. Incorrect since 4 of 5 coolers should be operating in each train trying to maintain
A. Incorrect since 4 of 5 coolers should be operating in each train trying to maintain  
        temp less than 135&deg;F.
temp less than 135&deg;F.  
        B. Correct answer.
B. Correct answer.  
        C. Incorrect since 4 of 5 coolers should be operating in each train trying to maintain
C. Incorrect since 4 of 5 coolers should be operating in each train trying to maintain  
        temp less than 135&deg;F.
temp less than 135&deg;F.  
        D. Incorrect since the coolers should be trying to maintain temp less than 135&deg;F.
D. Incorrect since the coolers should be trying to maintain temp less than 135&deg;F.  
        ROTier:     T1G2                               SRO Tier: T1G2
ROTier:  
        Keyword     DRYWELL COOLING                   Cog Level: MEM 3.413.5
T1G2  
        Source:     N                                 Exam:     BF02301
SRO Tier:  
      Test:       C                                 Misc:     TCK
T1G2  
Tuesday, Janualy 21,200308:41:40 AM                                                           46
Keyword  
DRYWELL COOLING  
Cog Level: MEM 3.413.5  
Source:  
N  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:40 AM  
46  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  45. 295013AK3.02 001
45. 295013AK3.02 001  
        Which ONE of the following describes why the reactor must be shutdown immediately i
Which ONE of the following describes why the reactor must be shutdown immediately i  
        the Suppression Pool temperature reaches >     1I
the Suppression Pool temperature reaches >I
                                                        O"F?
1 O"F?  
        A. To ensure that the design pressure of 56 psig is not reached during a Design Basis
A. To ensure that the design pressure of 56 psig is not reached during a Design Basis  
            Accident.
Accident.  
        -
-  
        B:' To ensure that the pool is not heated beyond design limits by the steam generated
B:' To ensure that the pool is not heated beyond design limits by the steam generated  
            if the reactor is not shutdown.
if the reactor is not shutdown.  
        C. To maintain HPCl and RCIC OPERABLE since they exhaust into the suppression
C. To maintain HPCl and RCIC OPERABLE since they exhaust into the suppression  
            pool.
pool.  
        D. This ensures that the non-condensibleswill remain in the suppression pool air
D. This ensures that the non-condensibles will remain in the suppression pool air  
            space following a Design Basis Accident.
space following a Design Basis Accident.  
        References: Tech Spec Bases 3.6.2.1, Suppression Pool Average Temperature
References: Tech Spec Bases 3.6.2.1, Suppression Pool Average Temperature  
                        pg B 3.6-57.
pg B 3.6-57.  
      A. Incorrect since the design pressure that is being protected is 62 psig.
A. Incorrect since the design pressure that is being protected is 62 psig.  
        B. Correct answer.
B. Correct answer.  
      C. Incorrect since pool temperature does not affect the operation of HPCl and RCIC.
C. Incorrect since pool temperature does not affect the operation of HPCl and RCIC.  
        D. Incorrect since the temperature limit also ensures that complete steam condensation
D. Incorrect since the temperature limit also ensures that complete steam condensation  
      occurs.
occurs.  
      ROTier:     TIG2                             SROTier:   TlGl
ROTier:  
      Keyword     SUPPRESSION CHAMBER             Cog Level: MEM 3.613.8
TIG2  
      Source:     N                               Exam:     BF02301
SROTier:  
      Test:       C                               Misc:     TCK
TlGl  
Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:40 AM                                                       47
Keyword  
SUPPRESSION CHAMBER  
Cog Level: MEM 3.613.8  
Source:  
N  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:40 AM  
47  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  46. 295014AA1.03 001
46. 295014AA1.03 001  
        A startup is in progress with the RWM bypassed. A shift turnover has just been
A startup is in progress with the RWM bypassed. A shift turnover has just been  
        completed when the on coming peer check notices that two rods in RWM Group 6
completed when the on coming peer check notices that two rods in RWM Group 6  
        (16-48) are at position 16 and the operator is pulling rods in Group 16.
(16-48) are at position 16 and the operator is pulling rods in Group 16.  
        Which ONE of the following describes the proper action to take?       ~
Which ONE of the following describes the proper action to take?  
                                            -    .-___
~  
        A. Insert a manual scram.
A. Insert a manual scram.  
        B. Verify no indications of fuel damage and continue withdrawal of rods.
B. Verify no indications of fuel damage and continue withdrawal of rods.  
        C.' Stop rod withdrawal and notify the Shift Manager, Shift Technical Advisor,
C.' Stop rod withdrawal and notify the Shift Manager, Shift Technical Advisor,  
            Operations Superintendent, and Reactor Engineer.
-
        D. With the concurrence of the Reactor Engineer and Shift Manager withdraw the
.- ___
            control rods to their required position and continue the startup.
Operations Superintendent, and Reactor Engineer.  
        References: 2-AOl-85-7, Section 4.2.1-4.2.3, rev. 14
D. With the concurrence of the Reactor Engineer and Shift Manager withdraw the  
      A. Incorrect since this is not a required action.
control rods to their required position and continue the startup.  
        6. Incorrect since must recover mispositioned control rods prior to normal rod
References: 2-AOl-85-7, Section 4.2.1-4.2.3, rev. 14  
      withdrawal.
A. Incorrect since this is not a required action.  
      C. Correct answer. Operator must determine that control rod is mispositioned
6. Incorrect since must recover mispositioned control rods prior to normal rod  
      otherwise he doesn't notify the Operations Superintendent.
withdrawal.  
      D. Incorrect since must notify other individuals prior to withdrawing mispositioned
C. Correct answer. Operator must determine that control rod is mispositioned  
      control rods to their correct position.
otherwise he doesn't notify the Operations Superintendent.  
      Note: Reworded stem slightly and reordered answers.
D. Incorrect since must notify other individuals prior to withdrawing mispositioned  
      ROTier:     TlGl                             SROTier: TlGl
control rods to their correct position.  
      Keyword:     REACTIVITY ADDITION               Cog Level: MEM 3.513.5
Note: Reworded stem slightly and reordered answers.  
      Source:     B                                 Exam:     BF02301
ROTier:  
      Test:       C                                 Mix:       TCK
TlGl  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:40 AM                                                       48
SROTier:  
TlGl  
Keyword:  
REACTIVITY ADDITION  
Cog Level: MEM 3.513.5  
Source:  
B  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Mix:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:40 AM  
48  


                                            QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                        for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
    47. 295015AK2.09 001
47. 295015AK2.09 001  
        Unit 3 has received a Scram signal and all of the control rods fully inserted except one
Unit 3 has received a Scram signal and all of the control rods fully inserted except one  
        rod is still at position 48.
rod is still at position 48.  
        . ~ ~ ~ . .~ . ~
.  
                ~~     . ~~.~
~ ~ ~ . . . ~
                          ~_ ~ .~ ~ ~~     ~~~~   ~~ ~
~~ ~
        A. Verifying the "ONE ROD PERMISSIVE light is lit with the Mode Switch in
.
              Shutdown.
~
        B.' Verifying the "ONE ROD PERMISSIVE" light is out with the Mode Switch in Refuel.
~
        C. Pausing in START/HOT STBY for 5 seconds when moving the Mode Switch to
-
              Refuel.
        D. Move the Mode Switch to Shutdown and back to Refuel to look for the "ONE ROD
~~.~  
              PERMISSIVE" light to be lit.
_.  
        References: 3-AOI-100-1 Rev.29 pg 2
~  
        A. Incorrect since the ONE ROD PERMISSIVE light should only light with all rods in
~  
        and the Mode Switch in Refuel.
~~  
        B. Correct answer.
~~~~  
        C. Incorrect since this action is taken if the scram is due to a loss of RPS.
~~  
        D. Incorrect since there is no direction to move the Mode Switch back to Refuel once it
~  
        is in Shutdown.
A. Verifying the "ONE ROD PERMISSIVE light is lit with the Mode Switch in  
        ROTier:       TlGl                             SRO Tier: TlGl
Shutdown.  
        Keyword      REACTOR SCRAM                    Cog Level MEM 3.5/3.6
B.' Verifying the "ONE ROD PERMISSIVE" light is out with the Mode Switch in Refuel.  
        Source:      N                                Exam:     BF02301
C. Pausing in START/HOT STBY for 5 seconds when moving the Mode Switch to  
      Test:          C                                Misc:     TCK
Refuel.  
Tuesday, January 21,20030841:40AM                                                              49
D. Move the Mode Switch to Shutdown and back to Refuel to look for the "ONE ROD  
PERMISSIVE" light to be lit.  
References: 3-AOI-100-1 Rev.29 pg 2  
A. Incorrect since the ONE ROD PERMISSIVE light should only light with all rods in  
and the Mode Switch in Refuel.  
B. Correct answer.  
C. Incorrect since this action is taken if the scram is due to a loss of RPS.  
D. Incorrect since there is no direction to move the Mode Switch back to Refuel once it  
is in Shutdown.  
ROTier:  
TlGl  
Keyword
REACTOR SCRAM
Source:
N
Test:
C
SRO Tier:  
TlGl  
Cog Level MEM 3.5/3.6  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003
0841 :40 AM
49  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  48. 295016AA1.08 002
48. 295016AA1.08 002  
        The control room has been abandoned.
The control room has been abandoned.  
        All MSRV transfer switches at panel 25-32 have been placed in EMERGENCY.
All MSRV transfer switches at panel 25-32 have been placed in EMERGENCY.  
        All MSRV control switches at panel 25-32 have been checked in CLOSE.
All MSRV control switches at panel 25-32 have been checked in CLOSE.  
        Which ONE of the following statements below describes the operation of these
Which ONE of the following statements below describes the operation of these  
        MSRVs?
MS RVs?  
      A. The associated ADS valves will open upon receipt of an ADS initiation signal.
A. The associated ADS valves will open upon receipt of an ADS initiation signal.  
        B. Any associated ADS valve will open only when its control switch is placed in OPEN.
B. Any associated ADS valve will open only when its control switch is placed in OPEN.  
        CY The associated ADS valves will open if their respective pressure relief setpoints are
CY The associated ADS valves will open if their respective pressure relief setpoints are  
            exceeded.
exceeded.  
        D. The associated ADS valves will open if their respective control switches on panel
D. The associated ADS valves will open if their respective control switches on panel  
            9-3 are placed in OPEN.
9-3 are placed in OPEN.  
      References: OPLl71.009 Rev.8 pg 22
References: OPLl71.009 Rev.8 pg 22  
                        Enabling Objective OPLl71.009 #3
Enabling Objective OPLl71.009 #3  
      A. Incorrect since automatic operation of ADS is prevented with transfer switches in
A. Incorrect since automatic operation of ADS is prevented with transfer switches in  
      EMERGENCY.
EMERGENCY.  
      B. Incorrect since valves will open when the pressure setpoint is reached.
B. Incorrect since valves will open when the pressure setpoint is reached.  
      C. Correct answer.
C. Correct answer.  
      D. Incorrect since function from the 9-3 Panel is prevented with transfer switches in
D. Incorrect since function from the 9-3 Panel is prevented with transfer switches in  
      EMERGENCY.
EMERGENCY.  
      ROTier:     T1G2                             SROTier: TlGl
ROTier:  
      Keyword     ADS                             Cog Level: MEM 4.014.0
T1G2  
      Source:     B                                 Exam:     BF02301
SROTier:  
      Test:       C                                 Misc:     TCK
TlGl  
Tuesday, Janualy 22,2003 08:41:40 AM                                                         50
Keyword  
ADS  
Cog Level: MEM 4.014.0  
Source:  
B  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, Janualy 22,2003 08:41:40 AM  
50  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                      for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  49. 295018AK3.03 001
49. 295018AK3.03 001  
        Unit 2 is operating at 100% RTP. Alarm "RECIRC PUMP A COOLING WATER FLOW
Unit 2 is operating at 100% RTP. Alarm "RECIRC PUMP A COOLING WATER FLOW  
        L O W is received at 8:07 am on 10/22/02. It is confirmed that RBCCW Seal Cooling is
LOW is received at 8:07 am on 10/22/02. It is confirmed that RBCCW Seal Cooling is  
        lost to the 2A Recirc Pump but CRD seal purge is still in operation.
lost to the 2A Recirc Pump but CRD seal purge is still in operation.  
        Which ONE of the following describes the actions that should be taken and the reason
Which ONE of the following describes the actions that should be taken and the reason  
        for that action?
for that action?  
                                    ~            -
A!  
        A! Monitor seal temperatures and no further action is required; the Recirc Pump can
Monitor seal temperatures and no further action is required; the Recirc Pump can  
            be operated indefinitely under these conditions.
~
        B. Restore RBCCW seal cooling by 8:14 am or Trip the 2A Recirc Pump; Recirc seal
-
            temperatures will exceed 200&deg;F after 7 minutes.
be operated indefinitely under these conditions.  
        C. Trip the 2A Recirc Pump immediately; Recirc seal temperatures will exceed 200&deg;F
B. Restore RBCCW seal cooling by 8:14 am or Trip the 2A Recirc Pump; Recirc seal  
            in a short period of time.
temperatures will exceed 200&deg;F after 7 minutes.  
        D. Reduce 2A Recirc Pump speed to minimum by 8:14 am; the Recirc Pump can be
C. Trip the 2A Recirc Pump immediately; Recirc seal temperatures will exceed 200&deg;F  
            operated indefinitely at minimum speed under these conditions.
in a short period of time.  
        References: 2-01-68 Rev 91 pg 11
D. Reduce 2A Recirc Pump speed to minimum by 8:14 am; the Recirc Pump can be  
                      2-ARP-9-4A Rev. 18 pg 37
operated indefinitely at minimum speed under these conditions.  
      A. Correct answer.
References: 2-01-68 Rev 91 pg 11  
        B. Incorrect since the 7 minute time frame is when both CRD and RBCCW are lost to
2-ARP-9-4A Rev. 18 pg 37  
      the Recirc Pump seals.
A. Correct answer.  
        C. Incorrect since the Recirc Pump only needs to be tripped if seal cavity temperatures
B. Incorrect since the 7 minute time frame is when both CRD and RBCCW are lost to  
        exceed 200&deg;F.
the Recirc Pump seals.  
        D. Incorrect since the speed of the Recirc Pump doesn't need to be reduced.
C. Incorrect since the Recirc Pump only needs to be tripped if seal cavity temperatures  
      ROTier:     TlGZ                               SROTier:   TlGZ
exceed 200&deg;F.  
      Keyword     RECIRC SYSTEM                     Cog Level: CIA 3.113.3
D. Incorrect since the speed of the Recirc Pump doesn't need to be reduced.  
        Source:     N                                 Exam:     BF02301
ROTier:  
      Test:       C                                 Misc:     TCK
TlGZ  
Tuesday, January 21,20030841:40 AM                                                           51
SROTier:  
TlGZ  
Keyword  
RECIRC SYSTEM  
Cog Level: CIA 3.113.3  
Source:  
N  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 0841:40 AM  
51  


                                          QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                      for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  50. 295020AA1.03001
50. 295020AA1.03 001
        Unit 2 is holding load at 24% RTP after starting up from a refueling outage. Drywell
Unit 2 is holding load at 24% RTP after starting up from a refueling outage. Drywell  
        inerting is in progress per 2-01-76, Containment Inerfing System. A Scram occurs from
inerting is in progress per 2-01-76, Containment Inerfing System. A Scram occurs from  
        Scram Air Header Low Pressure with the following conditions present:
Scram Air Header Low Pressure with the following conditions present:  
            - Oxygen concentration at 7% by volume and decreasing.
- Oxygen concentration at 7% by volume and decreasing.  
            - Leak has been isolated.
- Leak has been isolated.  
            - Mode Switch is in Shutdown.
- Mode Switch is in Shutdown.  
            - All rods are inserted.
- All rods are inserted.  
            - No entry conditions have been met for the EOl's.
- No entry conditions have been met for the EOl's.  
        Concerning the Drywell, which ONE of the following describes the status of inerting the
Concerning the Drywell, which ONE of the following describes the status of inerting the  
        containment?
containment?  
        A. Drywell inerting has been isolated due to a containment isolation when reactor
A. Drywell inerting has been isolated due to a containment isolation when reactor  
            water level decreased to +O" on the scram.
water level decreased to +O" on the scram.  
        B. Drywell inerting has been isolated due to the Mode Switch being taken out of Run
B. Drywell inerting has been isolated due to the Mode Switch being taken out of Run  
            on the scram.
on the scram.  
        C.' Drywell inerting is still in progress since there has not been an isolation signal
C.' Drywell inerting is still in progress since there has not been an isolation signal  
            processed for this event.
processed for this event.  
        D. Drywell inerting is still in progress but will isolate when the PC PURGE DIV I AND II
D. Drywell inerting is still in progress but will isolate when the PC PURGE DIV I AND II  
            RUN MODE BYPASS switches are taken to NORMAL.
RUN MODE BYPASS switches are taken to NORMAL.  
        References: OPL171.032 Rev.10 pg 14-17
References: OPL171.032 Rev.10 pg 14-17  
                        Enabling Objective OPLl71.032 #4
Enabling Objective OPLl71.032 #4  
                        2-01-76 Rev.46 pg 10
2-01-76 Rev.46 pg 10  
      A. Incorrect since reactor water level did not reach 0". Stem says no EOl's have been
A. Incorrect since reactor water level did not reach 0". Stem says no EOl's have been  
      entered.
entered.  
        B. Incorrect since valves do not close when Mode Switch is taken out of Run.
B. Incorrect since valves do not close when Mode Switch is taken out of Run.  
      C. Correct answer.
C. Correct answer.  
        D. Incorrect since Mode Switch is no longer in Run.
D. Incorrect since Mode Switch is no longer in Run.  
      ROTier:     T1G2                                 SROTier:   T1G2
ROTier:  
      Keyword     CONTAINMENT                         Cog Level: C/A 2.9/3.1
T1G2  
      Source:     N                                   Exam:       BF02301
SROTier:  
      Test:       C                                   Misc:     TCK
T1G2  
Tuesday, January 21,200308:41:40 AM                                                           52
Keyword  
CONTAINMENT  
Cog Level: C/A 2.9/3.1  
Source:  
N  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:40 AM  
52  


                                              QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                          for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
    51. 295023AK3.02 001
51. 295023AK3.02 001  
          Interlocks or limit switches on the refueling equipment are provided for specific
Interlocks or limit switches on the refueling equipment are provided for specific  
          protective functions.
protective functions.  
        ~~   .. ~~-
Which ONE of the following describes these protection devices?
                ~       ~     ..     ~     .~~                 . ~~~
A. The Refueling Interlocks are not required during fuel handling as long as there is a
        Which ONE of the following describes these protection devices?
.~~  
          ~ . ~~-
.  
                      ~ ~~~~     ~ ~   ~ ~     ~~~~ ~ ~~~ ~ ~~~~         ,                 ~.~
~~~  
        A. The Refueling Interlocks are not required during fuel handling as long as there is a
~~  
                  second qualified individual performing the functions of the interlocks.
.. ~ ~~-
        B. Jumpering a refueling interlock should not cause the refuel bridge operator any
~
                  concern as long as a TACF tag is clearly visible at the controls.
..  
        CY Switches and interlocks act as a backup protection rather than principle means for
~  
                  stopping travel of the refueling equipment.
~.~  
        D. Fuel handlers may rely on limits and interlocks to terminate refuel equipment travel,
~
                  as long as they are within their surveillance frequency.
~  
        References: 0-GOI-100-3A Rev. 29 pg 14
. ~~-  
        A. Incorrect because Tech Specs do not allow for a second qualified individual to take
~  
        the place of the refueling interlocks.
~~~~  
        B. Incorrect since jumpering interlocks is a concern.
~  
        C. Correct answer.
~  
        D. Incorrect since the operators should not rely on the interlocks.
~  
      ROTier:               T1G3                                     SRO Tier: TlGl
~  
      Keyword               REFUELING                                 Cog Level: MEM 3.4/3.8
~~~~  
      Source:               B                                         Exam:     BF02301
~  
      Test:                 C                                         Misc:     TCK
~~~  
Tuesday, January 21,200308:41:40AM                                                              53
~  
~~~~  
,  
second qualified individual performing the functions of the interlocks.  
B. Jumpering a refueling interlock should not cause the refuel bridge operator any  
concern as long as a TACF tag is clearly visible at the controls.  
CY Switches and interlocks act as a backup protection rather than principle means for  
stopping travel of the refueling equipment.  
D. Fuel handlers may rely on limits and interlocks to terminate refuel equipment travel,  
as long as they are within their surveillance frequency.  
References: 0-GOI-100-3A Rev. 29 pg 14  
A. Incorrect because Tech Specs do not allow for a second qualified individual to take  
the place of the refueling interlocks.  
B. Incorrect since jumpering interlocks is a concern.  
C. Correct answer.  
D. Incorrect since the operators should not rely on the interlocks.  
ROTier:  
T1G3  
SRO Tier:  
TlGl  
Keyword  
REFUELING  
Cog Level: MEM 3.4/3.8  
Source:  
B  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:40
AM
53  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
    52. 295024EK1.01 001
52. 295024EK1.01 001  
          Given the following conditions:
Given the following conditions:  
        ~   -- Suppression-Chamberpessure         - 5 3 . 0 psig -   ~   -
~ -- Suppression-Chamberpessure  
            - Drywell temperature                   350&deg;F
- 53.0 psig  
            - RPV pressure                         425 psig
-  
          Which ONE of the following is the reason why the Drywell or the Suppression Chambei
~  
          is vented under these conditions irrespective of offsite release rates?
-  
          A. Pressure capability of the containment will be reached if Suppression Chamber
- Drywell temperature  
              pressure reaches 55 psig.
350&deg;F  
          BY The maximum containment pressure that the vent valves can be opened and
- RPV pressure  
              closed to reject decay heat will be reached at 55 psig.
425 psig  
          C. The maximum containment pressure that the MSRV's can be opened and remain
Which ONE of the following is the reason why the Drywell or the Suppression Chambei  
              open will be reached at 55 psig.
is vented under these conditions irrespective of offsite release rates?  
          D. Chugging is prevented if the containment is vented prior to reaching 55 psig.
A. Pressure capability of the containment will be reached if Suppression Chamber  
        References: OPLl71.203 Rev. 5 pg 29 and 36
pressure reaches 55 psig.  
                        Enabling Objective OPL171.203 #8
BY The maximum containment pressure that the vent valves can be opened and  
        A. Incorrect since the pressure capability of the containment is approx. 100 psig.
closed to reject decay heat will be reached at 55 psig.  
        B. Correct answer.
C. The maximum containment pressure that the MSRV's can be opened and remain  
        C. Incorrect since the pressure limit for the MSRV's is 65 psig.
open will be reached at 55 psig.  
        D. Incorrect since chugging depends on the amount of non condensibles in the
D. Chugging is prevented if the containment is vented prior to reaching 55 psig.  
        containment.
References: OPLl71.203 Rev. 5 pg 29 and 36  
        ROTier:     TlGl                               SRO Tier: TlGl
Enabling Objective OPL171.203 #8  
        Keyword     CONTAINMENT                       Cog Level: MEM 4.U4.2
A. Incorrect since the pressure capability of the containment is approx. 100 psig.  
        Source:     N                                 Exam:     BF02301
B. Correct answer.  
        Test:       C                                 Misc:     TCK
C. Incorrect since the pressure limit for the MSRV's is 65 psig.  
Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 0841 :41 AM                                                       54
D. Incorrect since chugging depends on the amount of non condensibles in the  
containment.  
ROTier:  
TlGl  
SRO Tier:  
TlGl  
Keyword  
CONTAINMENT  
Cog Level: MEM 4.U4.2  
Source:  
N  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 0841 :41 AM  
54  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                      for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  53. 295025EK1.06 001
53. 295025EK1.06 001  
        The Unit 2 Mode Switch is in the S/U position with the Unit at normal operating
The Unit 2 Mode Switch is in the S/U position with the Unit at normal operating  
        pressure and temperature following a short maintenance outage. The RVLIS system is
pressure and temperature following a short maintenance outage. The RVLIS system is  
        out-of-service at this time. The Wide Range level instruments (+60 to -155) are
out-of-service at this time. The Wide Range level instruments (+60 to -155) are  
        reading approximately +34 at this time.
reading approximately +34 at this time.  
        Which ONE of the following describes the accuracy of the instruments under these
Which ONE of the following describes the accuracy of the instruments under these  
        conditions?
conditions?  
        A: The instruments are showing accurate level indication due to being calibrated for
A: The instruments are showing accurate level indication due to being calibrated for  
            normal operating pressure and temperature.
normal operating pressure and temperature.  
        B. The instruments are NOT showing accurate level indication due to being calibrated
B. The instruments are NOT showing accurate level indication due to being calibrated  
            for cold shutdown conditions.
for cold shutdown conditions.  
        C. The instruments are showing accurate level indication because they are within the
C. The instruments are showing accurate level indication because they are within the  
            level range of the instruments.
level range of the instruments.  
        D. The instruments are NOT showing accurate level indication because the RVLIS
D. The instruments are NOT showing accurate level indication because the RVLIS  
            system is not providing flow to the reference leg fill lines.
system is not providing flow to the reference leg fill lines.  
        Reference: OPLl71.003 Rev. 15 pg 20
Reference: OPLl71.003 Rev. 15 pg 20  
      A. Correct answer.
A. Correct answer.  
        B. Incorrect since the instruments are calibrated for hot conditions.
B. Incorrect since the instruments are calibrated for hot conditions.  
      C. Incorrect since being within the indicated range doesnt mean that the instrument is
C. Incorrect since being within the indicated range doesnt mean that the instrument is  
      accurate.
accurate.  
        D. Incorrect since RVLIS has no affect on how the instrument reads. It does have an
D. Incorrect since RVLIS has no affect on how the instrument reads. It does have an  
      affect on the indication when a rapid depressurization occurs.
affect on the indication when a rapid depressurization occurs.  
      ROTier:     TlGl                             SRO Tier: TlGl
ROTier:  
      Keyword     LEVEL INSTRUMENTS                 Cog Level: CIA 3.914.0
TlGl  
      Source:     N                                 Exam:     BF02301
SRO Tier:  
      Test         C                                 Misc:     TCK
TlGl  
Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:41 AM                                                         55
Keyword  
LEVEL INSTRUMENTS  
Cog Level: CIA 3.914.0  
Source:  
N  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test  
C  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:41 AM  
55  


                                          QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                      for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
    54.295028EK3.01001
54. 295028EK3.01001  
        Which ONE of the following describes the reason why Emergency Depressurization is
Which ONE of the following describes the reason why Emergency Depressurization is  
        required if Drywell Temperature cannot be maintained below 280&deg;F?
required if Drywell Temperature cannot be maintained below 280&deg;F?  
        A. At this temperature all of the RPV level instruments are affected such that there is
A. At this temperature all of the RPV level instruments are affected such that there is  
              no reliable level indication and RPV flooding is required.
no reliable level indication and RPV flooding is required.  
        6.' Primary Containment has reached the structural design limit and actions are
6.' Primary Containment has reached the structural design limit and actions are  
              required to minimize further release of energy from the RPV.
required to minimize further release of energy from the RPV.  
        C. Ensures the equipment in the Drywell that is required to reach cold shutdown
C. Ensures the equipment in the Drywell that is required to reach cold shutdown  
              conditions remains operable by terminating heat input into the containment.
conditions remains operable by terminating heat input into the containment.  
        D. Above 280&deg;F containment failure is emminent which would cause the release rates
D. Above 280&deg;F containment failure is emminent which would cause the release rates  
              at the site boundary to reach 10 CFR 100 limits.
at the site boundary to reach 10 CFR 100 limits.  
        References: OPL171.203 Rev.5 pg 26
References: OPL171.203 Rev.5 pg 26  
        A. Incorrect since these conditions do not make all of the level instruments unreliable.
A. Incorrect since these conditions do not make all of the level instruments unreliable.  
        B. Correct answer.
B. Correct answer.  
        C. Incorrect since the containment is threatened and not the EQ equipment.
C. Incorrect since the containment is threatened and not the EQ equipment.  
        D. Incorrect since containment failure is not emminent and it would not cause the 10
D. Incorrect since containment failure is not emminent and it would not cause the 10  
        CFR limits to be exceeded.
CFR limits to be exceeded.  
        ROTier:     T1G2                             SROTier:   T1G2
ROTier:  
        Keyword      EO1 INSTRUCTIONS                  Cog Level: MEM 3.613.9
T1G2  
        Source:      N                                Exam:     BF02301
Keyword
        Test:        C                                Mi%:       TCK
EO1 INSTRUCTIONS
Tuesday, January 21,200308:41:41 AM                                                           56
Source:
N
Test:
C
SROTier:  
T1G2  
Cog Level: MEM 3.613.9  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Mi%:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:41 AM  
56  


                                      QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  55. 295029EK1.01001
55. 295029EK1.01001  
        Unit 2 is operating at 100% RTP. The Suppression Pool water level is required to be
Unit 2 is operating at 100% RTP. The Suppression Pool water level is required to be  
        maintained at 2 -6.25 inches and 5 1.O inches per Tech Specs.
maintained at 2 -6.25 inches and 5 1 .O inches per Tech Specs.  
                          ~  ~~  .      ~~ .    - .-          ~
Which ONE of the following is available to protect the containment against  
        Which ONE of the following is available to protect the containment against
overpressurization if Suppression Pool water level is allowed to go above the maximum  
        overpressurization if Suppression Pool water level is allowed to go above the maximum
level?  
        level?                     I
I  
        A. Suppression Chamber-to-Drywell Vacuum Breakers.
A. Suppression Chamber-to-Drywell Vacuum Breakers.  
        B. Reactor Building-to-Suppression Chamber Vacuum Breakers.
B. Reactor Building-to-Suppression Chamber Vacuum Breakers.  
        C. Drywell Spray system.
C. Drywell Spray system.  
        D. Residual Heat Removal (RHR) Suppression Pool Cooling System.
D. Residual Heat Removal (RHR) Suppression Pool Cooling System.  
        References: Tech Spec Bases Section B 3.6.2.2 pg B 3.6-66
~~
        A. Incorrect since these valves protect the Drywell from negative pressure upon
. - .-
        inadvertent operation of the Drywell Spray system.
~
        B. Incorrect since these valves protect the Suppression Chamber from negative
~
        pressure upon inadvertent operation of the Suppression Pool Spray system.
~~
        C. Correct answer.
.
        D. Incorrect since this system is needed to maintain the containment within design
References: Tech Spec Bases Section B 3.6.2.2 pg B 3.6-66  
        temperature limitations.
A. Incorrect since these valves protect the Drywell from negative pressure upon  
        ROTier:     T1G2                             SRO Tier:   T1G2
inadvertent operation of the Drywell Spray system.  
      Keyword     PRIMARY CONTAINMENT             Cog Level:   CIA 3.413.7
B. Incorrect since these valves protect the Suppression Chamber from negative  
        Source:     N                               Exam:       BF02301
pressure upon inadvertent operation of the Suppression Pool Spray system.  
      Test:       C                               Misc:       TCK
C. Correct answer.  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 0841:41 AM                                                         57
D. Incorrect since this system is needed to maintain the containment within design  
temperature limitations.  
ROTier:  
T1G2  
SRO Tier:  
T1G2  
Keyword  
PRIMARY CONTAINMENT  
Cog Level: CIA 3.413.7  
Source:  
N  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 0841:41 AM  
57  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
    56. 295030EA1.02 002
56. 295030EA1.02 002  
        Unit 2 has had an event with the following conditions present:
Unit 2 has had an event with the following conditions present:  
            Reactor Water Level                   -60" and steady
Reactor Water Level  
            Reactor Pressure                       920 psig
Reactor Pressure  
            Suppression Chamber Level                  9ft
920 psig  
            Drywell Pressure                       1.3 psig
Drywell Pressure  
            Suppression Pool Temperature             98&deg;F
1.3 psig  
            RClC Pump Room Temperature               150&deg;F
Suppression Pool Temperature  
            Operator reports leak on suction header of Torus.
98&deg;F  
        The Unit 2 Reactor Operator reports that the RClC turbine has tripped.
RClC Pump Room Temperature  
        Which ONE of the following is the most likely cause of the turbine trip?
150&deg;F  
        A. High RClC Pump room temperature
Operator reports leak on suction header of Torus.  
        B. High RClC exhaust pressure.
-60" and steady
        C! Low suction pressure.
Suppression Chamber Level
        D. High Reactor Water Level.
9ft
        References: OPL171.040 Rev.18 pg 29 and 30
The Unit 2 Reactor Operator reports that the RClC turbine has tripped.  
                        Enabling Objective OPL171.040 #5
Which ONE of the following is the most likely cause of the turbine trip?  
        A. Incorrect since the High RClC Room Temperature isolation is at 160&deg;F.
A. High RClC Pump room temperature  
        B. Incorrect since high exhaust pressure can't happen if Drywell pressure is low.
B. High RClC exhaust pressure.  
        C. Correct answer based on low Drywell pressure and low torus level.
C! Low suction pressure.  
        D. Incorrect since the High Reactor Water Level trip is +51".
D. High Reactor Water Level.  
        ROTier:     TlG2                             SRO Tier: TlGl
References: OPL171.040 Rev.18 pg 29 and 30  
        Keyword     RCIC SYSTEM                       Cog Level: CIA 3.413.5
Enabling Objective OPL171.040 #5  
        Source:     N                                 Exam:     BF02301
A. Incorrect since the High RClC Room Temperature isolation is at 160&deg;F.  
      Test:       C                                 Misc:
B. Incorrect since high exhaust pressure can't happen if Drywell pressure is low.  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:41 AM                                                     58
C. Correct answer based on low Drywell pressure and low torus level.  
D. Incorrect since the High Reactor Water Level trip is +51".  
ROTier:  
TlG2  
SRO Tier:  
TlGl  
Keyword  
RCIC SYSTEM  
Cog Level: CIA 3.413.5  
Source:  
N  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:41 AM  
58  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  57.295030EK2.01001
57. 295030EK2.01001  
        Unit 3 EOI-2, "Primary Containment Control", has the operators perform the following
Unit 3 EOI-2, "Primary Containment Control", has the operators perform the following  
        action if suppression pool water level CANNOT be maintained above 12.75 feet.
action if suppression pool water level CANNOT be maintained above 12.75 feet.  
                Secure HPCl irrespective of adequate core cooling.
Secure HPCl irrespective of adequate core cooling.  
        Which ONE of the following HPCl system responses will this action prevent?
Which ONE of the following HPCl system responses will this action prevent?  
        A,* Overpressurization of the primary containment.
A,* Overpressurization of the primary containment.  
        B. Loss of back pressure on the exhaust line.
B. Loss of back pressure on the exhaust line.  
        C. HPCl exhaust check valve chatter.
C. HPCl exhaust check valve chatter.  
        D. Unstable HPCl operation.
D. Unstable HPCl operation.  
        References: OPL171.203 Rev 5 pg 50 & 51
References: OPL171.203 Rev 5 pg 50 & 51  
                        Enabling Objective OPL171.203 #7
Enabling Objective OPL171.203 #7  
      A. Correct answer.
A. Correct answer.  
        B. Incorrect since the exhaust line will still have the backpressure from the torus
B. Incorrect since the exhaust line will still have the backpressure from the torus  
        airspace.
airspace.  
        C. Incorrect since water level in the torus doesn't affect the HPCl exhaust check valve.
C. Incorrect since water level in the torus doesn't affect the HPCl exhaust check valve.  
        D. Incorrect since torus water level doesn't affect HPCl operation.
D. Incorrect since torus water level doesn't affect HPCl operation.  
        Note: Reordered answers.
Note: Reordered answers.  
      ROTier:     T1G2                               SRO Tier: TlGl
ROTier:  
      Keyword      HPCI                                Cog Level: MEM 3.813.9
T1G2  
        Source:    B                                  Exam:     BF02301
Keyword
      Test:        C                                  Misc:     TCK
HPCI
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:41 AM                                                         59
Source:
B
Test:
C
SRO Tier:  
TlGl  
Cog Level: MEM 3.813.9  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:41 AM  
59  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  58. 295031EK3.05 001
58. 295031EK3.05 001  
        A loss of all high pressure injection systems has resulted in RPV level lowering to TAF.
A loss of all high pressure injection systems has resulted in RPV level lowering to TAF.  
        An emergency RPV depressurization has been directed.
An emergency RPV depressurization has been directed.  
        Which ONE of the following states the reason that a minimum of 4 MSRVs must be
Which ONE of the following states the reason that a minimum of 4 MSRVs must be  
        opened?
opened?  
        A.' Ensures that sufficient steam flow will exist to remove decay heat at low enough
A.' Ensures that sufficient steam flow will exist to remove decay heat at low enough  
            pressure for the lowest head ECCS pump to make up for steam flow.
pressure for the lowest head ECCS pump to make up for steam flow.  
        B. Ensures that at the worst case in core life, the APLHGR thermal limit will not be
B. Ensures that at the worst case in core life, the APLHGR thermal limit will not be  
            exceeded and inhibit adequate radiant heat transfer.
exceeded and inhibit adequate radiant heat transfer.  
        C. Ensures that the reactor will be depressurized to below ECCS shut off head before
C. Ensures that the reactor will be depressurized to below ECCS shut off head before  
            the RPV level reaches two thirds core height.
the RPV level reaches two thirds core height.  
        D. Prevents exceeding 1% plastic strain on the hottest fuel pin in the core allowing fuel
D. Prevents exceeding 1 % plastic strain on the hottest fuel pin in the core allowing fuel  
            cladding failure to release radioactive fission products.
cladding failure to release radioactive fission products.  
        References: OPL171.205 Rev. 4 pg 29
References: OPL171.205 Rev. 4 pg 29  
      A. Correct answer.
A. Correct answer.  
        B,C and D are incorrect since 4 relief valves open do not affect these conditions.
B,C and D are incorrect since 4 relief valves open do not affect these conditions.  
        ROTier:     TlGl                               SROTier: TlGl
ROTier:  
      Keyword     EMERG DEPRESS                     Cog Level: MEM 4.2/4.3
TlGl  
        Source:     B                                 Exam:     BF02301
SROTier:  
      Test:       C                                 Mix:
TlGl  
Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:41 AM                                                           60
Keyword  
EMERG DEPRESS  
Cog Level: MEM 4.2/4.3  
Source:  
B  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Mix:  
Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:41 AM  
60  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  59.295032EK3.03 001
59. 295032EK3.03 001  
        Which ONE of the following is the basis for the Main Steam Line (MSL) Tunnel high
Which ONE of the following is the basis for the Main Steam Line (MSL) Tunnel high  
        temperature isolation?
temperature isolation?  
        A. Protect the integrity of the secondary containment and ensure the continued
A. Protect the integrity of the secondary containment and ensure the continued  
            operability of safe shutdown equipment.
operability of safe shutdown equipment.  
        8. Prevent exceeding the Environmental Qualification temperature limits on the MSlV
8. Prevent exceeding the Environmental Qualification temperature limits on the MSlV  
            control air solenoids.
control air solenoids.  
        CY Minimize radioactive releases to the environment and limit the inventory loss from
CY Minimize radioactive releases to the environment and limit the inventory loss from  
            the reactor under all accident conditions.
the reactor under all accident conditions.  
        D. Limit the escape of radioactivity from the MSL Tunnel to the Reactor Building HVAC
D. Limit the escape of radioactivity from the MSL Tunnel to the Reactor Building HVAC  
            system.
system.  
        PClS purpose
PClS purpose  
        BSEP BANK LOI-CLS-LP-O12A*017001
BSEP BANK LOI-CLS-LP-O12A*017001  
      ROTier:     T1G3                             SRO Tier: T1G2
ROTier:  
      Keyword     MAIN STEAM                       Cog Level: MEM EK3.03
T1G3  
      Source:     B                                 Exam:     BF02301
SRO Tier:  
      Test:       C                               Misc:
T1G2  
Tuesday, Januaty 21,2003 08:41:41 AM                                                       61
Keyword  
MAIN STEAM  
Cog Level: MEM EK3.03  
Source:  
B  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
Tuesday, Januaty 21,2003 08:41:41 AM  
61  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  60. 295033EK2.01002
60. 295033EK2.01002  
        Unit 2 is in a Refueling outage with work in progress on the Turbine Floor. When the
Unit 2 is in a Refueling outage with work in progress on the Turbine Floor. When the  
        High Pressure Turbine casing is removed the radiation levels increase significantly.
High Pressure Turbine casing is removed the radiation levels increase significantly.  
        Which ONE of the following describes the indications available to the Control Room
Which ONE of the following describes the indications available to the Control Room  
        Operator and the actions required to be taken?
Operator and the actions required to be taken?  
        A. Turbine Bldg ventilation trips and isolates. The Control Room Operator announces
A. Turbine Bldg ventilation trips and isolates. The Control Room Operator announces  
            evacuation of turbine floor and contacts RADCON.
evacuation of turbine floor and contacts RADCON.  
        B. Reactor Bldg ventilation trips and isolates. SGT starts automatically. The Control
B. Reactor Bldg ventilation trips and isolates. SGT starts automatically. The Control  
            Room Operator announces evacuation of the turbine floor and contacts RADCON.
Room Operator announces evacuation of the turbine floor and contacts RADCON.  
        C. Turbine Operating Floor High Radiation Alarm sounds. The Control Room Operator
C. Turbine Operating Floor High Radiation Alarm sounds. The Control Room Operator  
            announces evacuation of the turbine floor, contacts RADCON and monitors other
announces evacuation of the turbine floor, contacts RADCON and monitors other  
            alarms with inputs to this annunciator.
alarms with inputs to this annunciator.  
        D. Turbine Operating Floor High Radiation Alarm sounds. The Control Room Operator
D. Turbine Operating Floor High Radiation Alarm sounds. The Control Room Operator  
            notifies Unit Supervisor this is an expected alarm since the turbine casing is being
notifies Unit Supervisor this is an expected alarm since the turbine casing is being  
            removed.
removed.  
        References: OPL171.034 Rev.&? pg 16
References: OPL171.034 Rev.&? pg 16  
                        2-ARP-9-3A Rev.18 pg 31
2-ARP-9-3A Rev.18 pg 31  
                        Enabiling Objective OPL171.034 85
Enabiling Objective OPL171.034 85  
      A. Incorrect since Turbine Building vents do not trip.
A. Incorrect since Turbine Building vents do not trip.  
      B. Incorrect since Reactor Building vents do not trip.
B. Incorrect since Reactor Building vents do not trip.  
      C. Correct answer.
C. Correct answer.  
      0. Incorrect since this is not an expected alarm. The ARP actions should be followed.
0. Incorrect since this is not an expected alarm. The ARP actions should be followed.  
      ROTier:     T1G2                             SROTier:   T1G2
ROTier:  
      Keyword     RAD MONITORS                     Cog Level: C/A 3.W4.0
T1G2  
      Source:     N                                 Exam:     BF02301
SROTier:  
      Test:       C                                 Misc:     TCK
T1G2  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:41 AM                                                           62
Keyword  
RAD MONITORS  
Cog Level: C/A 3.W4.0  
Source:  
N  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:41 AM  
62  


                                      QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  61. 295034EK1.01001
61. 295034EK1.01001  
        Which ONE of the following describes why the Reactor Zone and Refueling Floor
Which ONE of the following describes why the Reactor Zone and Refueling Floor  
        Exhaust Radiation - High allowable values are set at their current levels?
Exhaust Radiation - High allowable values are set at their current levels?  
        A? They provide timely detection of system process barrier leaks inside containment
A? They provide timely detection of system process barrier leaks inside containment  
            but they are far enough background levels to avoid spurious isolations.
but they are far enough background levels to avoid spurious isolations.  
        B. They provide positive indication of system leaks but they are low enough to ensure
B. They provide positive indication of system leaks but they are low enough to ensure  
            proper instrument indications.
proper instrument indications.  
        C. The values are set to ensure the isolation function is fast enough to prevent
C. The values are set to ensure the isolation function is fast enough to prevent  
            exceeding the 10 CFR 100 exposure limits at the site boundary.
exceeding the 10 CFR 100 exposure limits at the site boundary.  
        D. The values are set such that trends are able to be determined before the isolations
D. The values are set such that trends are able to be determined before the isolations  
            occur.
occur.  
        References: Tech Spec Section 3.3 Bases pg B 3.3-251
References: Tech Spec Section 3.3 Bases pg B 3.3-251  
      A. Correct answer.
A. Correct answer.  
        B,C and D. Incorrect per Bases statement.
B,C and D. Incorrect per Bases statement.  
      ROTier:     TlG2                             SRO Tier: T1G2
ROTier:  
      Keyword     SECONDARY CONTAINMEN             Cog Level: MEM 3.W4.1
TlG2  
        Source:     N                               Exam:     BF02301
SRO Tier:  
      Test:       C                               Misc:     TCK
T1G2  
Tuesday, Janualy 21,200308:41:42 AM                                                         63
Keyword  
SECONDARY CONTAINMEN  
Cog Level: MEM 3.W4.1  
Source:  
N  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:42 AM  
63  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  62. 295036EK2.03 001
62. 295036EK2.03 001  
        A relief valve is leaking on the Unit 2 RBCCW system which is causing the Reactor
A relief valve is leaking on the Unit 2 RBCCW system which is causing the Reactor  
        Building Equipment Drain Tank to fill up. The Reactor Building Equipment Drain Sump
Building Equipment Drain Tank to fill up. The Reactor Building Equipment Drain Sump  
        Pump has started and is pumping to Radwaste.
Pump has started and is pumping to Radwaste.  
        Which ONE of the following identifies the first indication that Radwaste will see due to
Which ONE of the following identifies the first indication that Radwaste will see due to  
        the increased leakage?
the increased leakage?  
        A. Chemical Waste Tank level will increase.
A. Chemical Waste Tank level will increase.  
        B. Floor Drain Collector Tank level will increase.
B. Floor Drain Collector Tank level will increase.  
        C! Waste Collector Tank level will increase.
C! Waste Collector Tank level will increase.  
        D. Waste Surge Tank level will increase.
D. Waste Surge Tank level will increase.  
        References: OPLI 71.OB4 Rev.3 pg 17
References: OPLI 71 .OB4 Rev.3 pg 17  
        A. Incorrect since the water from the Reactor Bldg Equipment Drain Sump goes to the
A. Incorrect since the water from the Reactor Bldg Equipment Drain Sump goes to the  
        Waste Collector Tank first.
Waste Collector Tank first.  
        B. Incorrect since the water from the Reactor Bldg Equipment Drain Sump goes to the
B. Incorrect since the water from the Reactor Bldg Equipment Drain Sump goes to the  
        Waste Collector Tank first.
Waste Collector Tank first.  
        C. Correct answer.
C. Correct answer.  
        D. Incorrect since the water from the Reactor Bldg Equipment Drain Sump goes to the
D. Incorrect since the water from the Reactor Bldg Equipment Drain Sump goes to the  
      Waste Collector Tank first.
Waste Collector Tank first.  
      ROTier:     T1G3                             SRO Tier:   T1G2
ROTier:  
      Keyword:     RADWASTE                         Cog Level: C/A 2.8/3.1
T1G3  
        Source:     N                                 Exam:       BF02301
SRO Tier:  
      Test:       C                                 Misc:       TCK
T1G2  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:42 AM                                                           64
Keyword:  
RADWASTE  
Cog Level: C/A 2.8/3.1  
Source:  
N  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:42 AM  
64  


                                            QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                          for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  63. 295037EA1.04 001
63. 295037EA1.04 001  
        The reactor has experienced an ATWS and you have been directed to initiate SLC
The reactor has experienced an ATWS and you have been directed to initiate SLC  
        injection. SLC Pump A was started at 0700 with the boron concentration at 8.5% and
injection. SLC Pump A was started at 0700 with the boron concentration at 8.5% and  
        the tank level at 85%. The following conditions exist at 0730 for SLC Pump A:
the tank level at 85%. The following conditions exist at 0730 for SLC Pump A:  
            * Red Light On
* Red Light On  
            * Squib Continuity Lights Off
* Squib Continuity Lights Off  
      -   * Flow Light On
*
            * Alarm "SLC Injection Flow to Reactor"
*
            * Alarm "SLC Squib Valve Continuity Lost"
* SLC Pressure 1200 psig
            * SLC Pressure 1200 psig
* Reactor Pressure 1000 psig
            * Reactor Pressure 1000 psig
* Tank Level 70%, lowering
            * Tank Level 70%, lowering
- * Flow Light On  
        Which ONE of the following is the appropriate action to take?
Alarm "SLC Injection Flow to Reactor"  
        A. Start SLC Pump B and continue running SLC Pump A.
Alarm "SLC Squib Valve Continuity Lost"  
        6:' Stop SLC Pump A and start SLC Pump B.
Which ONE of the following is the appropriate action to take?  
        c. Initiate Alternate SLC Injection.
A. Start SLC Pump B and continue running SLC Pump A.  
        D. Continue running SLC Pump A.
6:' Stop SLC Pump A and start SLC Pump B.  
        References: OPL171.039 Rev. 13 pg 17,26 and 27
c. Initiate Alternate SLC Injection.  
                          2-01-63 Rev. 26 pg 4
D. Continue running SLC Pump A.  
                          Enabling Objective OPL171.039 # 4
References: OPL171.039 Rev. 13 pg 17,26 and 27  
      A. Incorrect since an interlock is installed to prevent running both pumps at the same
2-01-63 Rev. 26 pg 4  
      time.
Enabling Objective OPL171.039 # 4  
        B. Correct answer since tank level should be down to 55% if SLC Pump A was
A. Incorrect since an interlock is installed to prevent running both pumps at the same  
        operating properly.
time.  
        C. Incorrect since B SLC Pump should be started first.
B. Correct answer since tank level should be down to 55% if SLC Pump A was  
        D. Incorrect since A SLC Pump is pumping at a degraded rate.
operating properly.  
      ROTier:       TlGl                                 SROTier:   TlGl
C. Incorrect since B SLC Pump should be started first.  
      Keyword       SLC                                   Cog Level: CIA 4.514.5
D. Incorrect since A SLC Pump is pumping at a degraded rate.  
        Source:     N                                     Exam:     BF02301
ROTier:  
      Test:         C                                     Misc:     TCK
TlGl  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:42 AM                                                       65
SROTier:  
TlGl  
Keyword  
SLC  
Cog Level: CIA 4.514.5  
Source:  
N  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:42 AM  
65  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                      for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  64. 295038EK3.01001
64. 295038EK3.01001  
        An accicent has happened on Unit 2 which causes radiation levels at the site boundary
An accicent has happened on Unit 2 which causes radiation levels at the site boundary  
        to reach 11 mRemlHr gamma. An ALERT has been declared by the Shift Manager.
to reach 11 mRemlHr gamma. An ALERT has been declared by the Shift Manager.  
        Which ONE of the following describes why the Emergency Plan was implemented for
Which ONE of the following describes why the Emergency Plan was implemented for  
        this condition?
this condition?  
        A. Ensures that all individuals are accounted for at the time of the accident.
A. Ensures that all individuals are accounted for at the time of the accident.  
        B. Provides protective measures for TVA employees and contractors located on the
B. Provides protective measures for TVA employees and contractors located on the  
            site at the time of the accident.
site at the time of the accident.  
        C. Ensures lines of communication are established between the site and the NRC.
C. Ensures lines of communication are established between the site and the NRC.  
        D. Provides protective measures for TVA employees and the public.
D. Provides protective measures for TVA employees and the public.  
        References: OPL171.075 Rev.17 pg 9
References: OPL171.075 Rev.17 pg 9  
                        Enabling Objective OPLl71.075 #B1
Enabling Objective OPLl71.075 #B1  
      A. Incorrect since implementing the Emergency Plan does not ensure all people are
A. Incorrect since implementing the Emergency Plan does not ensure all people are  
        accounted for.
accounted for.  
        B. Incorrect since it also provides protective measures for the public.
B. Incorrect since it also provides protective measures for the public.  
        C. Incorrect since implementing the Emergency Plan does not mean that
C. Incorrect since implementing the Emergency Plan does not mean that  
        communication lines are open with the NRC.
communication lines are open with the NRC.  
        D. Correct answer.
D. Correct answer.  
        ROTier:     T1G2                               SROTier: TlGl
ROTier:  
      Keyword      EMERGENCY PLAN                    Cog Level: MEM 3.614.5
T1G2  
        Source:    N                                Exam:     BF02301
Keyword
      Test:        C                                Misc:     TCK
EMERGENCY PLAN
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:42AM                                                      66
Source:
N
Test:
C
SROTier:  
TlGl  
Cog Level: MEM 3.614.5  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:42 AM
66  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                      for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
    65. 300000K4.03 001
65. 300000K4.03 001  
        The Raw Cooling Water regulating valve to the "A"Control Air Compressor has failed
The Raw Cooling Water regulating valve to the "A" Control Air Compressor has failed  
        closed.
closed.  
        Which ONE of the following conditions would trip the "A"Control Air Compressor?
Which ONE of the following conditions would trip the "A" Control Air Compressor?  
        A,* Air discharge temperature reading 312&deg;F.
A,* Air discharge temperature reading 312&deg;F.  
        B. Air discharge temperature reading 128&deg;F.
B. Air discharge temperature reading 128&deg;F.  
        C. Lube oil temperature reading 175&deg;F.
C. Lube oil temperature reading 175&deg;F.  
        D. Seal Air Pressure reading 8 psig.
I
                                                                                            I
D. Seal Air Pressure reading 8 psig.  
        References: OPLI 71.054 Rev.4 pg 13,41 and 45
References: OPLI 71.054 Rev.4 pg 13,41 and 45  
                      Learning Objective OPLl71.054 #2
Learning Objective OPLl71.054 #2  
        A. Correct answer.
A. Correct answer.  
        6.Incorrect but it is correct for the G Compressor.
6.  
        C. Incorrect since Lube Oil Hi Temp trip is 180&deg;F.
Incorrect but it is correct for the G Compressor.  
        D. Incorrect but it is correct for the G Compressor.
C. Incorrect since Lube Oil Hi Temp trip is 180&deg;F.  
        ROTier:     T2G2                             SRO Tier: T2G2
D. Incorrect but it is correct for the G Compressor.  
        Keyword    CONTROL AIR                      Cog Level: MEM 2 3 / 2 3
ROTier:  
        Source:    N                                Exam:     BF02301
T2G2  
      Test:        C                                Mix:       TCK
Keyword
Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:42 AM                                                     67
CONTROL AIR
Source:
N
Test:
C
SRO Tier:  
T2G2  
Cog Level: MEM 23/23
Exam:  
BF02301  
Mix:  
TCK  
Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:42 AM  
67  


                                            QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                          for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  66.5 0 0 0 0 0 ~ ~ 2 . 0001
66.  
                            7
500000~~2.07
1       An event has occurred on Unit 3 with the following conditions present:
001
            Drywell Pressure                           30 psig
1  
            Drywell Temperature                       275&deg;F
An event has occurred on Unit 3 with the following conditions present:  
            SGT Systems                               " A out of service, " 6and "C" fail to start
Drywell Pressure  
            SGT Inlet pressure                        +0.5psig
30 psig  
            CAD System                                Shutdown
Drywell Temperature  
        The Unit Supervisor has ordered the Drywell to be vented due to high H2
275&deg;F  
        concentrations.
SGT Systems  
        Which ONE of the following describes the reason why the Drywell CANNOT be vented
SGT Inlet pressure
        at this time?
+0.5 psig
        A.' SGT System "6"and "C" failed to start.
CAD System
        6. SGT Ssytem inlet pressure is too high.
Shutdown
        C. Drywell pressure is too high.
" A out of service, "
        D. Drywell temperature is too high.
and "C" fail to start  
        References: 3-01-83 Rev. 17 pg 5
The Unit Supervisor has ordered the Drywell to be vented due to high H2  
                            OPL171.032 Rev.10 pg 21
concentrations.  
                              Enabling Objective OPLl71.032 #B.4
Which ONE of the following describes the reason why the Drywell CANNOT be vented  
      A. Correct answer.
at this time?  
        B. Incorrect since the pressure for the SGT inlet is .79 psig.
A.' SGT System "6"  
        C. Incorrect since High Drywell pressure prevents nitrogen purge.
and "C" failed to start.  
        D. Incorrect since Drywell Temp does not affect venting the containment.
6. SGT Ssytem inlet pressure is too high.  
      ROTier:       TlGl                                 SRO Tier: TlGl
C. Drywell pressure is too high.  
      Keyword       DRYWELL VENTING                     Cog Level: CIA 3.213.7
D. Drywell temperature is too high.  
      Source:       N                                   Exam:     BF02301
References: 3-01-83 Rev. 17 pg 5  
      Test:         C                                   Mix:       TCK
OPL171.032 Rev.10 pg 21  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:42 AM                                                               68
Enabling Objective OPLl71.032 #B.4  
A. Correct answer.  
B. Incorrect since the pressure for the SGT inlet is .79 psig.  
C. Incorrect since High Drywell pressure prevents nitrogen purge.  
D. Incorrect since Drywell Temp does not affect venting the containment.  
ROTier:  
TlGl  
SRO Tier:  
TlGl  
Keyword  
DRYWELL VENTING  
Cog Level: CIA 3.213.7  
Source:  
N  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Mix:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:42 AM  
68  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                      for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
    67.G2.1.28 001
67. G2.1.28 001  
        According to SPP-7.2, Outage Management, which ONE of the following defines a
According to SPP-7.2, Outage Management, which ONE of the following defines a  
        FUNCTIONAL system?
FUNCTIONAL system?  
        A. A system, structure or component that is in service or can be placed in service in
A. A system, structure or component that is in service or can be placed in service in  
            OPERABLE state by immediate manual or automatic actuation.
OPERABLE state by immediate manual or automatic actuation.  
        B. A system that has the ability to perform its intended function with considerations
B. A system that has the ability to perform its intended function with considerations  
            that applicable technical specifications or licensing/design basis assumptions ma
that applicable technical specifications or licensing/design basis assumptions ma  
            not be maintained.
not be maintained.  
        C. A system that had PERs generated during the previous operating cycle that hav
C. A system that had PERs generated during the previous operating cycle that hav  
            been evaluated as operable but degraded / non-conforming conditions, have not
been evaluated as operable but degraded / non-conforming conditions, have not  
            been justified for resolution in the future and have a specified required completioi
been justified for resolution in the future and have a specified required completioi  
            date that is the current outage which has been agreed to by outage managemen
date that is the current outage which has been agreed to by outage managemen  
        D. A System that is capable of performing its specified safety function(s). Implicit in
D. A System that is capable of performing its specified safety function(s). Implicit in  
            this definition shall be the assumption that all necessary attendant instrurnentatio
this definition shall be the assumption that all necessary attendant instrurnentatio  
            controls, normal or emergency electrical power sources, cooling or seal water,
controls, normal or emergency electrical power sources, cooling or seal water,  
            lubrication or other auxiliary equipment that are required for the system, subsystc
lubrication or other auxiliary equipment that are required for the system, subsystc  
            train, component, or device to perform its specified safety function(s) are also
train, component, or device to perform its specified safety function(s) are also  
            capable of performing their related support function(s).
capable of performing their related support function(s).  
Tuesday, Januaiy 21,2003 08:41:42 AM                                                           69
Tuesday, Januaiy 21,2003 08:41:42 AM  
69  


                                      QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
        A. AVAILABLE (Availability)- The status of a system, structure or component that is in
A. AVAILABLE (Availability)- The status of a system, structure or component that is in  
        service or can be placed in service in a FUNCTIONAL or OPERABLE state by
service or can be placed in service in a FUNCTIONAL or OPERABLE state by  
        immediate manual or automatic actuation.
immediate manual or automatic actuation.  
        B. FUNCTIONAL -The ability of a system or component to perform its intended
B. FUNCTIONAL -The ability of a system or component to perform its intended  
        function with considerations that applicable technical specifications or licensingldesign
function with considerations that applicable technical specifications or licensingldesign  
        basis assumptions may not be maintained.           .
basis assumptions may not be maintained.  
        C. (SPP 3.1) Operable - Operability - A system, subsystem, train, component, or
.  
        device shall be operable or have operability when it is capable of performing its
C. (SPP 3.1) Operable - Operability - A system, subsystem, train, component, or  
        specified safety function(s). Implicit in this definition shall be the assumption that all
device shall be operable or have operability when it is capable of performing its  
        necessary attendant instrumentation, controls, normal or emergency electrical power
specified safety function(s). Implicit in this definition shall be the assumption that all  
        sources, cooling or seal water, lubrication or other auxiliary equipment that are required
necessary attendant instrumentation, controls, normal or emergency electrical power  
        for the system, subsystem, train, component, or device to perform its specified safety
sources, cooling or seal water, lubrication or other auxiliary equipment that are required  
        function(s) are also capable of performing their related support function(s).
for the system, subsystem, train, component, or device to perform its specified safety  
        D. OPERABLE BUT DEGRADED - PERs generated during the previous operating
function(s) are also capable of performing their related support function(s).  
        cycle that have been evaluated as operable but degraded / non-conforming conditions,
D. OPERABLE BUT DEGRADED - PERs generated during the previous operating  
        have not been justified for resolution in the future, (i.e., more than one refueling cycle)
cycle that have been evaluated as operable but degraded / non-conforming conditions,  
        in accordance with SPP-3.1, Corrective Action Program, and have a specified
have not been justified for resolution in the future, (i.e., more than one refueling cycle)  
        required completion date that is the current outage which has been agreed to by
in accordance with SPP-3.1, Corrective Action Program, and have a specified  
        outage management.
required completion date that is the current outage which has been agreed to by  
        ROTier:     T3                                 SROTier: T3
outage management.  
        Keyword     SYSTEM STATUS                       Cog Level: MEM 3.213.3
ROTier:  
        Source:     B                                   Exam:     BF02301
T3  
        Test:       C                                   Mix:
SROTier:  
Tuesday, January 21,20030841:42 AM                                                                 70
T3  
Keyword  
SYSTEM STATUS  
Cog Level: MEM 3.213.3  
Source:  
B  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Mix:  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 0841:42 AM  
70  


                                      QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                  for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  68.G2.1.3 001
68. G2.1.3 001  
        The on-coming Unit 3 Board Unit Operator (BUO) has been on vacation for 7 days.
The on-coming Unit 3 Board Unit Operator (BUO) has been on vacation for 7 days.  
        The BUO is preparing to assume shift at 0700 on 12/30/2002.
The BUO is preparing to assume shift at 0700 on 12/30/2002.  
        Which ONE of the following is the date, at a minimum, that the BUO must review back
Which ONE of the following is the date, at a minimum, that the BUO must review back  
        to concerning the Unit 3 Narrative Log?
to concerning the Unit 3 Narrative Log?  
        A. 0700 on 12/29/2002.
A. 0700 on 12/29/2002.  
        B. 1500 on 12/27/2002.
B. 1500 on 12/27/2002.  
        C. 0700 on 12/25/2002.
C. 0700 on 12/25/2002.  
        D. 1500 on 12/23/2002.
D. 1500 on 12/23/2002.  
        References: SSP-12.1, Section 3.12.2, page 64
References: SSP-12.1, Section 3.12.2, page 64  
        C. Correct answer.
C. Correct answer.  
        A, B and D are incorrect since the operator must only review the previous 5 days in the
A, B and D are incorrect since the operator must only review the previous 5 days in the  
        narrative log.
narrative log.  
        Note: Did not have a copy of the procedure to verify answer.
Note: Did not have a copy of the procedure to verify answer.  
        ROTier:     T3                             SROTier: T3
ROTier:  
        Keyword     ADMIN                           Cog Level: CIA 3.013.4
T3  
        Source:     M                               Exam:     BF02301
SROTier:  
        Test:       C                               Misc:
T3  
Tuesday, January 21,200308:41:42AM                                                          71
Keyword  
ADMIN  
Cog Level: CIA 3.013.4  
Source:  
M  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:42 AM
71  


                                      QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                  for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  69. G2.2.12 001
69. G2.2.12 001  
        The Unit Operator has just completed the required readings for his shift and
The Unit Operator has just completed the required readings for his shift and  
        documented them in 2-SR-2, Instrument Checks and Observations.
documented them in 2-SR-2, Instrument Checks and Observations.  
        Which ONE of the following lists the individuals that are qualified to perform an
Which ONE of the following lists the individuals that are qualified to perform an  
        independent review?                     ~
independent review?  
        A. ROorSRO.
~  
        B. ROorSTA.
A. ROorSRO.  
        C. Ops Manager or SRO.
B. ROorSTA.  
        D.* STA or SRO.
C. Ops Manager or SRO.  
        References: 2-SR-2, Rev.29 pg 8
D.* STA or SRO.  
      A. Incorrect since RO cannot perform independent review.
References: 2-SR-2, Rev.29 pg 8  
        B. Incorrect since RO cannot perform independent review.
A. Incorrect since RO cannot perform independent review.  
        C. Incorrect since Ops Manager cannot perform independent review unless he is an
B. Incorrect since RO cannot perform independent review.  
        SRO or qualified STA.
C. Incorrect since Ops Manager cannot perform independent review unless he is an  
        D. Correct answer.
SRO or qualified STA.  
      ROTier:     T3                               SROTier:   T3
D. Correct answer.  
      Keyword     SURVEILLANCE REQUIRE             Cog Level: MEM 3.0/3.4
ROTier:  
        Source:     N                               Exam:     BF02301
T3  
      Test:       C                               Misc:       TCK
SROTier:  
Tuesday, Janualy 21,20030841:43 AM                                                       72
T3  
Keyword  
SURVEILLANCE REQUIRE  
Cog Level: MEM 3.0/3.4  
Source:  
N  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 0841:43 AM  
72  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  70. G2.2.3 001
70. G2.2.3 001  
        Assume that one of the 48V DC inverters that supplies 120V AC to the Control Room
Assume that one of the 48V DC inverters that supplies 120V AC to the Control Room  
        annunciators has failed.
annunciators has failed.  
        Which ONE of the following describes the effects this will have?
Which ONE of the following describes the effects this will have?  
        A? If the failure is on Unit 1 a buzzer will sound and a white light will illuminate.
A? If the failure is on Unit 1 a buzzer will sound and a white light will illuminate.  
        B. If the failure is on Unit 1,2 or 3 a buzzer will sound and a red light will illuminate.
B. If the failure is on Unit 1,2 or 3 a buzzer will sound and a red light will illuminate.  
        C. If the failure is on Unit 2 the power supply will auto swap to Battery Board 2.
C. If the failure is on Unit 2 the power supply will auto swap to Battery Board 2.  
        D. If the failure is on Unit 3 the power supply will auto swap to Battery Board 3.
D. If the failure is on Unit 3 the power supply will auto swap to Battery Board 3.  
        References: OPLl71.037 Rev.8 pg 16
References: OPLl71.037 Rev.8 pg 16  
                        Enabling Objective OPL171.037 #B8
Enabling Objective OPL171.037 #B8  
                        Note: Taken from 2001 Exam.
Note: Taken from 2001 Exam.  
      A. Correct answer.
A. Correct answer.  
        B. Incorrect since a red light will not illuminate on Unit 1 but it will illuminate on Units 2
B. Incorrect since a red light will not illuminate on Unit 1 but it will illuminate on Units 2  
      and 3.
and 3.  
      C. Incorrect since the power supply does not swap.
C. Incorrect since the power supply does not swap.  
        D. Incorrect since the power supply does not swap.
D. Incorrect since the power supply does not swap.  
      ROTier:     T3                                  SROTier:  T3
ROTier:  
      Keyword     DC SYSTEMS                         Cog Level: MEM 3.113.3
T3  
      Source:     B                                   Exam:      BF02301
Keyword  
      Test:       C                                   Misc:      TCK
DC SYSTEMS  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:43 AM                                                               73
Source:  
B  
Test:  
C  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:43 AM  
SROTier:
T3
Cog Level: MEM 3.113.3
Exam:
BF02301
Misc:
TCK
73  


                                      QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  71. G2.3.1 001
71. G2.3.1 001  
        You are called at home and directed to go to the Hatch Facility to assist in the recovery
You are called at home and directed to go to the Hatch Facility to assist in the recovery  
        efforts following a refueling accident. You are informed that you will require a TLD
efforts following a refueling accident. You are informed that you will require a TLD  
        during the assist visit.
during the assist visit.  
        Which ONE of the following describes the dosimetry requirement for this emergency
Which ONE of the following describes the dosimetry requirement for this emergency  
        visit per SPP-5.I, RADIOLOGICAL CONTROLS?
visit per SPP-5. I, RADIOLOGICAL CONTROLS?  
        A. You must obtain your BFN dosimetry and wear it along with the dosimetry provided
A. You must obtain your BFN dosimetry and wear it along with the dosimetry provided  
            by Hatch. Following your return you must report to RADCON to obtain any required
by Hatch. Following your return you must report to RADCON to obtain any required  
            bioassay and update your exposure records.
bioassay and update your exposure records.  
        B. You must inform RADCON of your intended visit and obtain your BFN dosimetry to
B. You must inform RADCON of your intended visit and obtain your BFN dosimetry to  
            wear with the dosimetry provided by Hatch. Upon your return you must present
wear with the dosimetry provided by Hatch. Upon your return you must present  
            copies of your dose records from Hatch.
copies of your dose records from Hatch.  
        C. You must turn in your dosimetry and check out prior to leaving BFN, unless
C. You must turn in your dosimetry and check out prior to leaving BFN, unless  
            exempted by the Shift Manager or Operations Manager.
exempted by the Shift Manager or Operations Manager.  
        D. You must turn in your dosimetry and check out prior to leaving BFN, unless
D. You must turn in your dosimetry and check out prior to leaving BFN, unless  
            exempted by RADCON.
exempted by RADCON.  
        References: SPP-5.1, Radiological Controls Rev.3 pg 9
References: SPP-5.1, Radiological Controls Rev.3 pg 9  
      A. Incorrect since a bioassay is not required and you must also turn in your BFN
A. Incorrect since a bioassay is not required and you must also turn in your BFN  
      dosimetry.
dosimetry.  
      B. Incorrect since you must turn in your BFN dosimetry.
B. Incorrect since you must turn in your BFN dosimetry.  
      C. Incorrect since you can only get exemption from RADCON.
C. Incorrect since you can only get exemption from RADCON.  
      D. Correct answer.
D. Correct answer.  
      ROTier:     T3                               SROTier:   T3
ROTier:  
      Keyword      RADIATION CONTROL                Cog Level: MEM 2.613.0
T3  
      Source:      B                                Exam:     BF02301
Keyword
      Test:        C                                Misc:     TCK
RADIATION CONTROL
Tuesday, January 21,20030841 :43AM                                                            74
Source:
B
Test:
C
SROTier:  
T3  
Cog Level: MEM 2.613.0  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 0841 :43 AM
74  


                                      QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  72. G2.4.1001
Which ONE of the following is NOT an immediate action of 2-AOI-1-1, Relief Valve  
        Which ONE of the following is NOT an immediate action of 2-AOI-1-1, Relief Valve
Stuck Open?  
        Stuck Open?
A:' Inhibit MSRV Auto Actuation Logic on Panel 2-9-3.  
        A:' Inhibit MSRV Auto Actuation Logic on Panel 2-9-3.
72. G2.4.1 001
        B. PLACE affected relief valve control switch from CLOSE to OPEN to CLOSE
B. PLACE affected relief valve control switch from CLOSE to OPEN to CLOSE  
            several times, and OBSERVE indications to see whether valve closes.
several times, and OBSERVE indications to see whether valve closes.  
        C. IDENTIFY stuck open relief valve by OBSERVING SRV TAILPIPE FLOW
C. IDENTIFY stuck open relief valve by OBSERVING SRV TAILPIPE FLOW  
            MONITOR, 2-FMT-1-4, on Panel 2-9-3.
MONITOR, 2-FMT-1-4, on Panel 2-9-3.  
        D. IDENTIFY stuck open relief valve by OBSERVING MSRV DISCHARGE TAILPIPE
D. IDENTIFY stuck open relief valve by OBSERVING MSRV DISCHARGE TAILPIPE  
            TEMPERATURE recorder, 2-TR-1-1 on Panel 2-9-47.
TEMPERATURE recorder, 2-TR-1-1 on Panel 2-9-47.  
      4.1       Immediate actions:
4.1  
      4.1.1 IDENTIFY stuck open relief valve by OBSERVING following:
Immediate actions:  
                4.1.1.1       SRV TAILPIPE FLOW MONITOR, 2-FMT-1-4, on Panel 293, or
4.1.1 IDENTIFY stuck open relief valve by OBSERVING following:  
                4.1.1.2       MSRV DISCHARGE TAILPIPE TEMPERATURE recorder, 2TR11
4.1.1.1  
                              on Panel 2947.
SRV TAILPIPE FLOW MONITOR, 2-FMT-1-4, on Panel 293, or  
      4.1.2 PLACE affected relief valve control switch from CLOSE to OPEN to CLOSE
4.1.1.2  
      several times, and OBSERVE indications to see whether valve closes.
MSRV DISCHARGE TAILPIPE TEMPERATURE recorder, 2TR11  
      4.2     Subsequent Action
on Panel 2947.  
                4.2.1 IF ANY EO1 entry condition is met, THEN
4.1.2 PLACE affected relief valve control switch from CLOSE to OPEN to CLOSE  
                        ENTER the appropriate EOl(s).
several times, and OBSERVE indications to see whether valve closes.  
      ROTier:     T3                               SROTier:   T3
4.2  
      Keyword     RELIEF VALVE                     Cog Level: CIA4.314.6
Subsequent Action  
      Source:     B                               Exam:     BF02301
4.2.1 IF ANY EO1 entry condition is met, THEN  
      Test:       C                               Misc:
ENTER the appropriate EOl(s).  
Tuesday, Janualy 21,200308:41:43AM                                                      75
ROTier:  
T3  
SROTier:  
T3  
Keyword  
RELIEF VALVE  
Cog Level: CIA4.314.6  
Source:  
B  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
C  
Misc:  
Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:43
AM
75  


                                      QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  73. G2.4.10001
73. G2.4.10001  
        Alarm tile "MSIV ISOL SCRAM BYPASS" on the Unit 2 9-5 Panel is illuminated. No
Alarm tile "MSIV ISOL SCRAM BYPASS" on the Unit 2 9-5 Panel is illuminated. No  
        other alarms are illuminated.
other alarms are illuminated.  
        Which ONE of the following identifies which Scram signals are not active?
Which ONE of the following identifies which Scram signals are not active?  
        A. MSlV closure scram and Turbine Stop Valve closure scram.
A. MSlV closure scram and Turbine Stop Valve closure scram.  
        B. Generator Load Reject Scram and Condenser low vacuum scram.
B. Generator Load Reject Scram and Condenser low vacuum scram.  
        C." MSlV closure scram and Condenser low vacuum scram.
C." MSlV closure scram and Condenser low vacuum scram.  
        D. MSlV closure scram and Generator Load Reject Scram.
D. MSlV closure scram and Generator Load Reject Scram.  
        References: 2-ARP-9-5B Rev.12
References: 2-ARP-9-5B Rev.12  
      A. Incorrect since the Turbine Stop Valve closure scram is still active.
A. Incorrect since the Turbine Stop Valve closure scram is still active.  
        B. Incorrect since the Generator Load Reject scram is still active.
B. Incorrect since the Generator Load Reject scram is still active.  
      C. Correct answer.
C. Correct answer.  
        D. Incorrect since the Generator Load Reject scram is still active.
D. Incorrect since the Generator Load Reject scram is still active.  
      ROTier:     T3                               SROTier: T3
ROTier:  
      Keyword      RPS                            Cog Level: MEM 3.0/3.1
T3  
      Source:      N                              Exam:     BF02301
Keyword
      Test:        C                              Misc:     TCK
RPS
Tuesday, January 21,2003 0841:43 AM                                                   76
Source:
N
Test:
C
SROTier:  
T3  
Cog Level: MEM 3.0/3.1  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 0841:43 AM  
76  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                      for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
    74. G2.4.11 001
74. G2.4.11 001  
        A diesel fuel oil spill has occurred in the Diesel Generator Building. The On Scene
A diesel fuel oil spill has occurred in the Diesel Generator Building. The On Scene  
        Coordinator requests that absorbent material be delivered to the scene.
Coordinator requests that absorbent material be delivered to the scene.  
        Which ONE of the following contains a list of the locations of stored absorbent
Which ONE of the following contains a list of the locations of stored absorbent  
        material?
material?  
                                                                    ~
~  
        A. MSDS for diesel fuel oil.
A. MSDS for diesel fuel oil.  
        B. Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure.
B. Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure.  
        CY Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures Plan.
CY Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures Plan.  
        D. Browns Ferry Master Materials Index Data Base (MMIDB).
D. Browns Ferry Master Materials Index Data Base (MMIDB).  
        Reference: OPL171.068 Rev. 4 pg 10
Reference: OPL171.068 Rev. 4 pg 10  
                        Enabling Objective #5
Enabling Objective #5  
        C is the only answer that provides a table for location of spill cleanup material therefore
C is the only answer that provides a table for location of spill cleanup material therefore  
        answers A.B and C are incorrect.
answers A.B and C are incorrect.  
        Note: Reordered answers.
Note: Reordered answers.  
        ROTier:     T3                                 SROTier:   T3
ROTier:  
        Keyword:    ADMIN                              Cog Level: MEM 3.413.6
T3  
        Source:    B                                  Exam:     BF02301
Keyword:
        Test:        C                                  Misc:     TCK
ADMIN
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:43 AM                                                           77
Source:
B
Test:
C
SROTier:  
T3  
Cog Level: MEM 3.413.6  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:43 AM  
77  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  75. G2.4.3 001
75. G2.4.3 001  
        Per Regulatory Guide 1.97 post accident instrumentation must be appropriately
Per Regulatory Guide 1.97 post accident instrumentation must be appropriately  
        identified in control rooms to provide information required by the control room operators
identified in control rooms to provide information required by the control room operators  
        during accident conditions.
during accident conditions.  
        Which ONE of the following describes how RPV level instruments are designated as
Which ONE of the following describes how RPV level instruments are designated as  
        post accident monitoring and which instruments are used?
post accident monitoring and which instruments are used?  
        A. Black labels are placed on the Emergency Systems Range instruments only.
A. Black labels are placed on the Emergency Systems Range instruments only.  
        B. Blue labels are placed on the Post Accident Flood Range instruments only.
B. Blue labels are placed on the Post Accident Flood Range instruments only.  
        CY Black labels are placed on both the Emergency Systems Range and Post Accident
CY Black labels are placed on both the Emergency Systems Range and Post Accident  
            Flood range instruments.
Flood range instruments.  
        D. Blue labels are placed on both the Post Accident Flood Range and the Shutdown
D. Blue labels are placed on both the Post Accident Flood Range and the Shutdown  
            Vessel Flood Range instruments.
Vessel Flood Range instruments.  
        References: OPL171.003 Rev.15 pg 24 and 26
References: OPL171.003 Rev.15 pg 24 and 26  
                        Tech Spec Bases B 3.3.3.1 pg B 3.3-84
Tech Spec Bases B 3.3.3.1 pg B 3.3-84  
                        Note: Modified stem and answers slightly. On last exam.
Note: Modified stem and answers slightly. On last exam.  
      A. Incorrect since on more than the instruments listed.
A. Incorrect since on more than the instruments listed.  
        B. Incorrect since wrong color and on more than the instruments listed.
B. Incorrect since wrong color and on more than the instruments listed.  
        C. Correct answer.
C. Correct answer.  
        D.Incorrect since wrong color and wrong instruments listed.
D. Incorrect since wrong color and wrong instruments listed.  
      ROTier:     T3                               SROTier:   T3
ROTier:  
        Keyword    POST ACCIDENT                    Cog Level: MEM 3.513.8
T3  
        Source:    B                                Exam:     BF02301
Keyword
      Test:        C                                Misc:     TCK
POST ACCIDENT
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:43 AM                                                         78
Source:
B
Test:
C
SROTier:  
T3  
Cog Level: MEM 3.513.8  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:43 AM  
78  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                      for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  76. 259002G2.2.22 001
76. 259002G2.2.22 001  
        Unit 2 experienced a Group 1 isolation with a failure to scram. Rx steam dome
Unit 2 experienced a Group 1 isolation with a failure to scram. Rx steam dome  
        pressure increased to 1320 psig which caused a break in the Recirc Suction piping.
pressure increased to 1320 psig which caused a break in the Recirc Suction piping.  
        The following conditions exist at this time:
The following conditions exist at this time:  
            Rx Power                       8% RTP
Rx Power  
            Reactor Water Level     -   -155 inches
8% RTP  
            Reactor Pressure               185 psig
Reactor Water Level -  
            Core Flow                       5% of rated
-155 inches  
            Drywell Pressure               13 psig
Reactor Pressure  
        Which ONE of the following describes the Safety Limit violated and the corrective
185 psig  
        action?
Core Flow  
        A. Reactor steam dome pressure; insert all insertable control rods within 2 hours.
5% of rated  
        B. Core Flow vs. Thermal Power; insert all insertable control rods and restore Thermal
Drywell Pressure  
            Power to within limits within 4 hours.
13 psig  
        Cy Reactor Vessel Water Level; restore level above -151" and insert all insertable
Which ONE of the following describes the Safety Limit violated and the corrective  
            control rods within 2 hours.
action?  
        D. Drywell Pressure; restore to within limits and be in Mode 4 within 12 hours.
A. Reactor steam dome pressure; insert all insertable control rods within 2 hours.  
        References: Tech Spec Section 2.0, Safety Limits
B. Core Flow vs. Thermal Power; insert all insertable control rods and restore Thermal  
                        Tech Spec Bases pg B 2.0-6
Power to within limits within 4 hours.  
      A. Incorrect since Reactor steam dome safety limit was not exceeded (limit is 1325
Cy Reactor Vessel Water Level; restore level above -151" and insert all insertable  
        P m
control rods within 2 hours.  
        B. Incorrect since the safety limit is 2 25% RTP and core flow < 10% rated.
D. Drywell Pressure; restore to within limits and be in Mode 4 within 12 hours.  
      C. Correct answer.
References: Tech Spec Section 2.0, Safety Limits  
        D. Incorrect since Drywell Pressure is not a safety limit.
Tech Spec Bases pg B 2.0-6  
      RO Tier:                                         SRO Tier: T2G1
A. Incorrect since Reactor steam dome safety limit was not exceeded (limit is 1325  
      Keyword     SAFETY LIMIT                       Cog Level: ClA3.414.1
P
      Source:     N                                   Exam:     BF02301
m
      Test:       s                                   Misc:     TCK
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:43 AM                                                       79
B. Incorrect since the safety limit is 2 25% RTP and core flow < 10% rated.  
C. Correct answer.  
D. Incorrect since Drywell Pressure is not a safety limit.  
RO Tier:  
SRO Tier:  
T2G1  
Keyword  
SAFETY LIMIT  
Cog Level: ClA3.414.1  
Source:  
N  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
s  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:43 AM  
79  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  77.261000K2.03 001
77. 261000K2.03 001  
        The SGT "A" master control switch (HS-65-18A on Unit 1) is in the pull-to-lock position.
The SGT "A" master control switch (HS-65-18A on Unit 1) is in the pull-to-lock position.  
        Which one of the following conditions would still cause the SGT "A" to start even
Which one of the following conditions would still cause the SGT "A" to start even  
        though the control switch is in the pull-to-lock position?
though the control switch is in the pull-to-lock position?  
        A. Unit 3 SGT " A start pushbutton is depressed.
A. Unit 3 SGT " A start pushbutton is depressed.  
        B. Unit 2 drywell pressure rises to 2.5 psig and continues to rise.
B. Unit 2 drywell pressure rises to 2.5 psig and continues to rise.  
        C.' The local (SGT Building) SGT "A" start pushbutton is depressed.
C.' The local (SGT Building) SGT "A" start pushbutton is depressed.  
        D. SGT TRAIN "A" INBD ISOL TEST SIG keylock switch (HS-65-48A) is placed in the
D. SGT TRAIN "A" INBD ISOL TEST SIG keylock switch (HS-65-48A) is placed in the  
            TEST position.
TEST position.  
      RO Tier:                                       SRO Tier: T2G1
RO Tier:  
      Keyword     SBGT                               Cog Level: CIA 2.312.5
SRO Tier:  
      Source:     B                                 Exam:     BF02301
T2G1  
      Test:       S                                 Misc:
Keyword  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:44 AM                                                         80
SBGT  
Cog Level: CIA 2.312.5  
Source:  
B  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
S  
Misc:  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:44 AM  
80  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  78. 290003G2.1.12 001
78. 290003G2.1.12 001  
        Unit 2 is at 100% power. Two Unit 1 & 2 Control Room Air Conditioning Subsystems
Unit 2 is at 100% power. Two Unit 1 & 2 Control Room Air Conditioning Subsystems  
        are inoperable. Actions to restore one subsystem to OPERABLE status is in progress.
are inoperable. Actions to restore one subsystem to OPERABLE status is in progress.  
                        ~
Which ONE of the following states the actionsllimitations imposed by Tech Specs?  
        Which ONE of the following states the actionsllimitations imposed by Tech Specs?
A. Unit 2 must be in MODE 3 in 12 hours and MODE 4 in 36 hours.  
        A. Unit 2 must be in MODE 3 in 12 hours and MODE 4 in 36 hours.
B.' Place an alternate method of cooling in service within 24 hours and restore one  
        B.' Place an alternate method of cooling in service within 24 hours and restore one
~
            subsystem to OPERABLE status within 7 days.
subsystem to OPERABLE status within 7 days.  
        C. Restore one subsystem to OPERABLE status within 30 days.
C. Restore one subsystem to OPERABLE status within 30 days.  
        D. Place an alternate method of cooling in service within 24 hours and restore one
D. Place an alternate method of cooling in service within 24 hours and restore one  
            subsystem to OPERABLE status within 30 days.
subsystem to OPERABLE status within 30 days.  
        References: Tech Spec 3.7.4 Condition B
References: Tech Spec 3.7.4 Condition B  
                        Revised answers from Bank question to prevent having more than one
correct answer since you are in Condition A until you return BOTH systems to  
        correct answer since you are in Condition A until you return BOTH systems to
OPERABLE status.  
        OPERABLE status.
Revised answers from Bank question to prevent having more than one
        A. Incorrect since this is the action to take if Condition B completion time cannot be
A. Incorrect since this is the action to take if Condition B completion time cannot be  
        met.
met.  
        B. Correct answer.
B. Correct answer.  
        C. Incorrect since at least ONE subsystem must be restored to OPERABLE status
C. Incorrect since at least ONE subsystem must be restored to OPERABLE status  
        within 7 days along with other actions.
within 7 days along with other actions.  
        D. Incorrect since one subsystem must be returned to operable status within 7 days.
D. Incorrect since one subsystem must be returned to operable status within 7 days.  
        RO Tier:                                         SRO Tier: T2G2
RO Tier:  
        Keyword     TECH SPECS                           Cog Level: ClA2.914.0
SRO Tier:  
        Source:     B                                   Exam:     BF02301
T2G2  
      Test:       S                                   Misc:     TCK
Keyword  
Tuesday, January 21,200308:41:44 AM                                                           81
TECH SPECS  
Cog Level: ClA2.914.0  
Source:  
B  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
S  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:44 AM  
81  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                      for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  79. 295001AA2.01 001
79. 295001AA2.01 001  
        Unit 3 is in the process of starting up
Unit 3 is in the process of starting up  
        A 100% rod line has been established
A 100% rod line has been established  
        Currently raising recirc flow- - -
Currently raising recirc flow- - -  
        A fault in the 3B Recirc MG set occurs causing a trip of the MG set.
A fault in the 3B Recirc MG set occurs causing a trip of the MG set.  
        The operator notes the following conditions after the pump trip:
The operator notes the following conditions after the pump trip:  
              - MWE = 560
- MWE = 560  
              - MWT = 1745
- MWT = 1745  
            - Core Flow = 32%
- Core Flow = 32%  
        Using the attached Illustration 1 from 3-01-68 determine which ONE of the following
Using the attached Illustration 1 from 3-01-68 determine which ONE of the following  
        describes the appropriate action to take.
describes the appropriate action to take.  
        A. Region 2 has been entered, scram the reactor immediately.
A. Region 2 has been entered, scram the reactor immediately.  
        B.* Region 1 has been entered, scram the reactor immediately.
B.* Region 1 has been entered, scram the reactor immediately.  
        c. Region 2 has been entered, and must be exited within 2 hours.
c. Region 2 has been entered, and must be exited within 2 hours.  
        D. Region 1 has been entered, insert control rods to less than a 95.2% rod line.
D. Region 1 has been entered, insert control rods to less than a 95.2% rod line.  
      Task no: U-068-AB-01
Task no: U-068-AB-01  
      RO Tier:                                             SROTier: TlG2
RO Tier:  
      Keyword     PWR/FLOW MAP                           Cog Level: C/A 3 3 3 . 8
Keyword  
      Source:      B                                      Exam:       BF02301
PWR/FLOW MAP  
      Test:        S                                      Misc:
Source:
Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:44 AM                                                       82
B
Test:
S
SROTier:
TlG2
Cog Level: C/A 333.8  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Misc:  
Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:44 AM  
82  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  80. 295003G2.1.12 001
80. 295003G2.1.12 001  
        Core Spray Pump 2B has just been tagged for maintenance when 250V DC Reactor
Core Spray Pump 2B has just been tagged for maintenance when 250V DC Reactor  
        MOV Board 2B trips.
MOV Board 2B trips.  
        Which ONE of the following describes the Tech Spec required actions for Unit 2?
Which ONE of the following describes the Tech Spec required actions for Unit 2?  
                                                                      -
A.' Enter LCO 3.0.3 immediately.  
        A.' Enter LCO 3.0.3 immediately.
-
        B. Restore the 250V DC Reactor MOV Board 2B             Core Spray Pump 2B to
B. Restore the 250V DC Reactor MOV Board 2B  
            OPERABLE status within 72 hours.
OPERABLE status within 72 hours.  
        C. Restore Core Spray Pump 2B AND 250V DC Reactor MOV Board 26 to
Core Spray Pump 2B to
              OPERABLE status within 7 days.
C. Restore Core Spray Pump 2B AND 250V DC Reactor MOV Board 26 to  
        D. Be in MODE 3 within 12 hours AND be in MODE 4 within 36 hours.
OPERABLE status within 7 days.  
        References: Tech Spec 3.5.1
D. Be in MODE 3 within 12 hours AND be in MODE 4 within 36 hours.  
        Refer to OPDP-8. The 250V Board is a support system for Core Spray, and there is a
References: Tech Spec 3.5.1  
        LOSF since the 250V Board is Division I logic. Therefore both Core Spray systems are
Refer to OPDP-8. The 250V Board is a support system for Core Spray, and there is a  
        inoperable, requiring entering LCO 3.0.3 per 3.5.1 .H. If 250V Rx MOV Board 2B is
LOSF since the 250V Board is Division I logic. Therefore both Core Spray systems are  
        placed on its alternate supply the board is still considered inoperable per BASES B
inoperable, requiring entering LCO 3.0.3 per 3.5.1 .H. If 250V Rx MOV Board 2B is  
        3.8.7.
placed on its alternate supply the board is still considered inoperable per BASES B  
        A. Correct answer since two low pressure ECCS spray subsystems are INOPERABLE.
3.8.7.  
        LCO 3.0.3 is entered per 3.5.1 .G.
A. Correct answer since two low pressure ECCS spray subsystems are INOPERABLE.  
        B. Incorrect since this assumes that HPCl is also INOPERABLE.
LCO 3.0.3 is entered per 3.5.1 .G.  
        C. Incorrect since the 7 day clock is for 1 low pressure spray subsystem being
B. Incorrect since this assumes that HPCl is also INOPERABLE.  
        INOPERABLE,
C. Incorrect since the 7 day clock is for 1 low pressure spray subsystem being  
        D. Incorrect since this action is required only if the required actions or completion time
INOPERABLE,  
        for Condition A is not met.
D. Incorrect since this action is required only if the required actions or completion time  
        RO Tier:                                       SROTier:   TlGl
for Condition A is not met.  
        Keyword     CORE SPRAY                         Cog Level: CIA 2.914.0
RO Tier:  
        Source:     B                                 Exam:     BF02301
SROTier:  
        Test:       S                                 Misc:     TCK
TlGl  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:44 AM                                                             83
Keyword  
CORE SPRAY  
Cog Level: CIA 2.914.0  
Source:  
B  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
S  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:44 AM  
83  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  81. 295005AA2.02 001
81. 295005AA2.02 001  
        Unit 3 is at 27% RTP during a startup from a refueling outage. The Control Room
Unit 3 is at 27% RTP during a startup from a refueling outage. The Control Room  
        Operator reports that the vibrations for the turbine are at 12 mils and continuing to
Operator reports that the vibrations for the turbine are at 12 mils and continuing to  
        increase slowly.
increase slowly.  
        Which ONE of the following describes the actions you should take as Control Room
Which ONE of the following describes the actions you should take as Control Room  
        Supervisor?
Supervisor?  
        A. Order the Control Room Operator to Trip the Tubine immediately and verify a
A. Order the Control Room Operator to Trip the Tubine immediately and verify a  
            reactor scram.
reactor scram.  
        6. Order the Control Room Operator to monitor the Turbine vibrations and to Trip the
6. Order the Control Room Operator to monitor the Turbine vibrations and to Trip the  
            Turbine if the vibrations continue for greater than 15 minutes.
Turbine if the vibrations continue for greater than 15 minutes.  
        C. Enter EOI-1 since a scram should have occured due to Turbine Trip from High
C. Enter EOI-1 since a scram should have occured due to Turbine Trip from High  
            vibrations.
vibrations.  
        D.' Order the Control Room Operator to Trip the Turbine immediately. Verify Generator
D.' Order the Control Room Operator to Trip the Turbine immediately. Verify Generator  
            trips and loads transfer properly.
trips and loads transfer properly.  
        References: OPL171.147 Rev. 3 pg 10, 19,22
References: OPL171.147 Rev. 3 pg 10, 19,22  
      A. Incorrect since a reactor scram should not occur from the turbine trip due to Rx
A. Incorrect since a reactor scram should not occur from the turbine trip due to Rx  
        power ~30%.
power ~30%.  
        6.Incorrect since the turbine must be tripped immediately if vibrations reach 12 mils.
6. Incorrect since the turbine must be tripped immediately if vibrations reach 12 mils.  
        C. Incorrect since an entry condition does not exist at this time.
C. Incorrect since an entry condition does not exist at this time.  
        D. Correct answer.
D. Correct answer.  
      RO Tier:                                       SRO Tier: T1G2
RO Tier:  
      Keyword      TURBINE CONTROLS                  Cog Level: CIA 2.412.7
Keyword
        Source:    N                                Exam:     BF02301
TURBINE CONTROLS
      Test:        S                                Misc:     TCK
Source:
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:44 AM                                                         84
N
Test:
S
SRO Tier:  
T1G2  
Cog Level: CIA 2.412.7  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:44 AM  
84  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  82. 295006AA2.03 001
82. 295006AA2.03 001  
        Unit 3 is operating at 100% RTP when the unit scrams. The following conditions exist
Unit 3 is operating at 100% RTP when the unit scrams. The following conditions exist  
        after the scram:
after the scram:  
            All rods are in
All rods are in  
            Reactor Pressure                 510 psig lowering slowly
Reactor Pressure  
            Reactor Water Level             -155 steady
Reactor Water Level  
            Drywell Pressure                   11 psig
Drywell Pressure  
            All systems operating as designed.
11 psig  
        Which ONE of the following the systems that are allowed, and are able, to be in
All systems operating as designed.  
        operation to maintain vessel level greater than -162?
510 psig lowering slowly
        A! Feedwater, HPCI, RCIC, CRD and SLC.
-1 55 steady
        B. Feedwater, HPCI, CRD and Core Spray.
Which ONE of the following the systems that are allowed, and are able, to be in  
        C. Feedwater, HPCI, RCIC, and CRD.
operation to maintain vessel level greater than -1 62?  
        D. Feedwater, HPCI, RCIC, CRD, SLC, Core Spray and RHR.
A!  
        References: EOI-1 Rev 5
Feedwater, HPCI, RCIC, CRD and SLC.  
      A. Correct answer.
B. Feedwater, HPCI, CRD and Core Spray.  
        B. Incorrect since Core Spray is not able to inject at this pressure.
C. Feedwater, HPCI, RCIC, and CRD.  
        C. Incorrect since SLC is also able to be used to maintain level >-162.
D. Feedwater, HPCI, RCIC, CRD, SLC, Core Spray and RHR.  
        D. Incorrect since Core Spray and RHR cannot inject at this time.
References: EOI-1 Rev 5  
      RO Tier:                                       SRO Tier: TlGl
A. Correct answer.  
      Keyword     LEVEL CONTROL                     Cog Level: CIA 4.014.2
B. Incorrect since Core Spray is not able to inject at this pressure.  
        Source:     N                                 Exam:     BF02301
C. Incorrect since SLC is also able to be used to maintain level >-162.  
      Test:       S                                 Mix:       TCK
D. Incorrect since Core Spray and RHR cannot inject at this time.  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:44 AM                                                     85
RO Tier:  
SRO Tier:  
TlGl  
Keyword  
LEVEL CONTROL  
Cog Level: CIA 4.014.2  
Source:  
N  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
S  
Mix:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:44 AM  
85  


                                      QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  83. 295014AA2.03 001
83. 295014AA2.03 001  
        Unit 3 is at 100% power. Which ONE of the following plant conditions is a symptom of
Unit 3 is at 100% power. Which ONE of the following plant conditions is a symptom of  
        an inadvertent HPCI injection?
an inadvertent HPCI injection?  
      A. APRM flow comparator alarm.
A. APRM flow comparator alarm.  
      B. Decrease in reactor pressure.
B. Decrease in reactor pressure.  
      C. Recirc pump runback.
C. Recirc pump runback.  
        D.' Positive reactor period.
D.' Positive reactor period.  
      RO Tier:                                     SROTier: TlGl
RO Tier:  
      Keyword      HPCI                            Cog Level: CIA 4.014.3
Keyword
      Source:      B                                Exam:     BF02301
HPCI
      Test:        S                                Misc:
Source:
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:44AM                                                      86
B
Test:
S
SROTier:  
TlGl  
Cog Level: CIA 4.014.3  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Misc:  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:44 AM
86  


                                            QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                        for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  84. 29501662.2.3 001
84. 29501662.2.3 001  
        There has been a Toxic Gas spill on site which has caused Unit 2 and Unit 3 Control
There has been a Toxic Gas spill on site which has caused Unit 2 and Unit 3 Control  
        Rooms to be abandoned. AOI-100-2, Control Room Abandonment has been
Rooms to be abandoned. AOI-100-2, Control Room Abandonment has been  
        implemented for both units and RClC is injecting to maintain Reactor Water Level
implemented for both units and RClC is injecting to maintain Reactor Water Level  
        within a certain band.
within a certain band.  
        Which ONE of the following describes the appropriate level band for each unit?
Which ONE of the following describes the appropriate level band for each unit?  
        A. Unit2           +2" to + 5 0
A. Unit2  
            Unit 3        +12" to +51"
Unit 3
        B. Unit2          + I 2" to +50"
B. Unit2
            Unit 3        +2" to +51"
Unit 3
        C I Unit 2          +12" to +51"
C I  Unit 2
            Unit 3          +2" to + 5 0
Unit 3
        D. Unit 2            +2" to +51"
D. Unit 2
            Unit 3        + I 2" to + 5 0
Unit 3
      References: OPLl71-208 Rev.4 pg 22
+2" to +50
      A,B and D are incorrect since they show the wrong level bands.
+12" to +51"  
      C. Correct answer.
+ I 2" to +50"  
      RO Tier:                                           SROTier:   TlGl
+2" to +51"  
      Keyword      CONTROL ROOM                          Cog Level: MEM 3.113.3
+12" to +51"  
      Source:      N                                    Exam:     BF02301
+2" to +50
      Test:        S                                    Misc:     TCK
+2" to +51"  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:44AM                                                      87
+I 2" to +50
References: OPLl71-208 Rev.4 pg 22  
A,B and D are incorrect since they show the wrong level bands.  
C. Correct answer.  
RO Tier:  
Keyword
CONTROL ROOM
Source:
N
Test:
S
SROTier:  
TlGl  
Cog Level: MEM 3.113.3  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:44 AM
87  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                      for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  85.295017AA2.04 001
85. 295017AA2.04 001  
        A release of radioactivity is in progress. The following radiological conditions are
A release of radioactivity is in progress. The following radiological conditions are  
        present:
present:  
            Stack Gas Rad Monitors RM-90-147 & 148                 rising radiation levels
Stack Gas Rad Monitors RM-90-147 & 148  
            Reactor BldglRefuel Zone Rad Monitors                 reading normal levels
Reactor BldglRefuel Zone Rad Monitors  
            Turbine Bldg Exhaust Rad Monitor RM 90-250           rising radiation levels
Turbine Bldg Exhaust Rad Monitor RM 90-250  
            Drywell Rad Monitors                                  rising radiation levels
Drywell Rad Monitors
            Torus Rad Monitors                                    reading normal levels
Torus Rad Monitors
        Which ONE of the following describes the probable source of the release?
rising radiation levels
        A. Main Steam leakage outside the Primary Containment.
reading normal levels
        B. Reactor Water Cleanup leakage outside the Primary Containment.
rising radiation levels  
        C.' Fuel clad failure release thru the Offgas System.
rising radiation levels  
        D. Major airborne activity in the Radwaste Bldg.
reading normal levels  
        References: OPL171.067 Rev.10 pg 19 - 22
Which ONE of the following describes the probable source of the release?  
      A. Incorrect since the steam release is only through Primary Containment. Secondary
A. Main Steam leakage outside the Primary Containment.  
        Containment is still in tact.
B. Reactor Water Cleanup leakage outside the Primary Containment.  
        B. Incorrect since the RWCU leak is through Primary Containment.
C.' Fuel clad failure release thru the Offgas System.  
        C. Correct answer. Turbine Bldg Vents take a suction from the Offgas Areas and the
D. Major airborne activity in the Radwaste Bldg.  
        offgas also goes to the main stack. These are the only areas with increased rad levels
References: OPL171.067 Rev.10 pg 19 - 22  
        other than the Drywell.
A. Incorrect since the steam release is only through Primary Containment. Secondary  
        D. Incorrect since the Radwaste Bldg Ventilation has its own exhaust stack.
Containment is still in tact.  
      RO Tier:                                       SRO Tier: TlGl
B. Incorrect since the RWCU leak is through Primary Containment.  
      Keyword      OFF SlTE RELEASE                  Cog Level: CIA 3.614.3
C. Correct answer. Turbine Bldg Vents take a suction from the Offgas Areas and the  
        Source:    M                                Exam:     BF02301
offgas also goes to the main stack. These are the only areas with increased rad levels  
      Test:        S                                Misc:     TCK
other than the Drywell.  
Tuesday, January 21,200308:41:44 AM                                                           88
D. Incorrect since the Radwaste Bldg Ventilation has its own exhaust stack.  
RO Tier:  
Keyword
OFF SlTE RELEASE
Source:
M
Test:
S
SRO Tier:  
TlGl  
Cog Level: CIA 3.614.3  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:44 AM  
88  


                                            QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                          for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
    86. 2 9 5 0 2 1 ~ ~ 2 . 0001
86. 295021~~2.04
                              4
001
        The following conditions exist on Unit 3:
The following conditions exist on Unit 3:  
            Reactor Water Level                           +46"
Reactor Water Level  
            Reactor Coolant Temp.                         185&deg;F
+46"  
            Reactor Pressure                               0 psig
Reactor Coolant Temp.  
            Rx Vessel Head bolted and torqued             .
185&deg;F  
            RHR loop 1 in shutdown cooling
Reactor Pressure  
            Both Recirculation Pumps off
0 psig  
        Which ONE of the following describes the operational consequence of the Inboard
Rx Vessel Head bolted and torqued  
        Shutdown Cooling Valve (FCV 74-48) failing closed?
RHR loop 1 in shutdown cooling  
        A. Transition boiling will occur at the reduced reactor pressure causing fuel cladding
Both Recirculation Pumps off  
              damage.
.
        B. Damage could occur to the running RHR pump since it no longer has a suction
Which ONE of the following describes the operational consequence of the Inboard  
              path.
Shutdown Cooling Valve (FCV 74-48) failing closed?  
        Cy Coolant temperature may rise unmonitored and change the reactor condition from
A. Transition boiling will occur at the reduced reactor pressure causing fuel cladding  
              MODE 4 to MODE 3.
damage.  
        D. Since the valve is a failed PCiV then the Outboard Shutdown Cooling Valve (FCV
B. Damage could occur to the running RHR pump since it no longer has a suction  
            74-47) must be closed and deactivated.
path.  
        References: 3-AOl-74-1 Rev. 25 pg 1 and 4
Cy Coolant temperature may rise unmonitored and change the reactor condition from  
                              Tech Specs 3.6.1.3, Primary Containment Isolation Valves (PCIVs)
MODE 4 to MODE 3.  
        A. incorrect since transition boiling may not occur for a long period of time.
D. Since the valve is a failed PCiV then the Outboard Shutdown Cooling Valve (FCV  
        B. Incorrect since the RHR pump will trip if it loses its suction path.
74-47) must be closed and deactivated.  
        C. Correct answer.
References: 3-AOl-74-1 Rev. 25 pg 1 and 4  
        D. Incorrect since the outboard isolation valve does not need to be closed. The failed
Tech Specs 3.6.1.3, Primary Containment Isolation Valves (PCIVs)  
        valve can be used as the isolation valve.
A. incorrect since transition boiling may not occur for a long period of time.  
        RO Tier:                                           SRO Tier: T1G2
B. Incorrect since the RHR pump will trip if it loses its suction path.  
        Keyword:       SHUTDOWN COOLING                   Cog Level: CIA 3213.3
C. Correct answer.  
        Source:       B                                   Exam:       BF02301
D. Incorrect since the outboard isolation valve does not need to be closed. The failed  
      Test:           S                                 Misc:       TCK
valve can be used as the isolation valve.  
Tuesday, Januaty 21,200308:41:45 AM                                                             89
RO Tier:  
SRO Tier:  
T1G2  
Keyword:  
SHUTDOWN COOLING  
Cog Level: CIA 3213.3  
Source:  
B  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
S  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, Januaty 21,2003 08:41:45 AM  
89  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  87. 295022G2.1.20 001
87. 295022G2.1.20 001  
        Unit 2 is in the process of heating up with the Mode Switch in START/HOT STBY. The
Unit 2 is in the process of heating up with the Mode Switch in START/HOT STBY. The  
        following conditions exist when the 2A CRD Pump trips on overcurrent:
following conditions exist when the 2A CRD Pump trips on overcurrent:  
            Reactor Pressure                     800 psig
Reactor Pressure  
            Reactor Temperature                   485&deg;F
800 psig  
            1B CRD Pp                           Out-of-Service
Reactor Temperature  
            -
485&deg;F  
        Which ONE of the following should the Unit Supervisor direct the Reactor Operator to
1B CRD Pp  
        perform ?
Out-of-Service  
        A. If receive 2 or more scram accumulator alarms AND charging water pressure
-  
            cannot be restored to 940 psig within 20 minutes THEN Scram the reactor.
Which ONE of the following should the Unit Supervisor direct the Reactor Operator to  
        B. Monitor CRD temps and attempt to return 1B CRD Pp to service. Scram the reactoi
perform ?  
            if CRD temps exceed 350&deg;F.
A. If receive 2 or more scram accumulator alarms AND charging water pressure  
        C.' Manually Scram the reactor and place the Mode Switch in Shutdown immediately.
cannot be restored to 940 psig within 20 minutes THEN Scram the reactor.  
        D. Attempt to restart the 2A CRD Pump. If fails to start then commence a shutdown.
B. Monitor CRD temps and attempt to return 1 B CRD Pp to service. Scram the reactoi  
      References: 2-AOl-85-3 Rev.20 pg 3 and 4
if CRD temps exceed 350&deg;F.  
      A. Incorrect since these actions are taken if Rx pressure is >900 psig.
C.' Manually Scram the reactor and place the Mode Switch in Shutdown immediately.  
      B. Incorrect since you do not wait to return a CRD Pp to service.
D. Attempt to restart the 2A CRD Pump. If fails to start then commence a shutdown.  
      C. Correct answer.
References: 2-AOl-85-3 Rev.20 pg 3 and 4  
      D. Incorrect since you do not perform a normal shutdown and you do not try to restart a
A. Incorrect since these actions are taken if Rx pressure is >900 psig.  
      pump on overcurrent.
B. Incorrect since you do not wait to return a CRD Pp to service.  
      RO Tier:                                       SRO Tier: T1G2
C. Correct answer.  
      Keyword     CRD SYSTEM                       Cog Level: CIA4.314.2
D. Incorrect since you do not perform a normal shutdown and you do not try to restart a  
      Source:     N                                 Exam:     BF02301
pump on overcurrent.  
      Test:       S                                 Misc:     TCK
RO Tier:  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 0841 :45 AM                                                       90
SRO Tier:  
T1G2  
Keyword  
CRD SYSTEM  
Cog Level: CIA4.314.2  
Source:  
N  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
S  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 0841 :45 AM  
90  


                                          QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                      for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  8 8 . 2 9 5 0 2 5 ~ ~ 2 . 0001
8 8 . 2 9 5 0 2 5 ~ ~ 2 . 0 3 
                              3
001
          The following conditions exist on Unit 3:
The following conditions exist on Unit 3:  
              Reactor Scrammed due to stuck open relief valve.
Reactor Scrammed due to stuck open relief valve.  
              Reactor pressure                   700 psig
Reactor pressure  
              Suppression Pool level               15 FT
700 psig  
              Suppression Pool temperature       200&deg;F -
Suppression Pool level  
          Which ONE of the following actions should the Unit Supervisor direct to be performed?
15 FT  
          (Refer to 3-EOI-1)
Suppression Pool temperature  
          A. Emergency Depressurize the reactor.
200&deg;F  
          B. Lower reactor pressure to 500 psig without exceeding 100&deg;F cooldown rate.
-  
          C. Exit pressure control and enter steam cooling.
Which ONE of the following actions should the Unit Supervisor direct to be performed?  
          D? Lower reactor pressure to 500 psig irrespective of cooldown rate.
(Refer to 3-EOI-1)  
          References: 3-EOI-1 Rev5
A. Emergency Depressurize the reactor.  
        A. Incorrect since procedure directs lowering reactor pressure to within curve 3 limits
B. Lower reactor pressure to 500 psig without exceeding 100&deg;F cooldown rate.  
          irrespective of cooldown rates.
C. Exit pressure control and enter steam cooling.  
          B. Incorrect since procedure directs lowering reactor pressure to within curve 3 limits
D? Lower reactor pressure to 500 psig irrespective of cooldown rate.  
          irrespective of cooldown rates.
References: 3-EOI-1 Rev5  
          C. Incorrect since steam cooling is not required.
A. Incorrect since procedure directs lowering reactor pressure to within curve 3 limits  
          D. Correct answer per Curve 3 and overide RCIP-7.
irrespective of cooldown rates.  
        RO Tier:                                       SRO Tier: TlGl
B. Incorrect since procedure directs lowering reactor pressure to within curve 3 limits  
        Keyword         HEAT CAPACITY                 Cog Level: CIA 3.914.1
irrespective of cooldown rates.  
        Source:         N                             Exam:     BF02301
C. Incorrect since steam cooling is not required.  
        Test:           S                             Misc:     TCK
D. Correct answer per Curve 3 and overide RCIP-7.  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:45AM                                                              91
RO Tier:  
SRO Tier:  
TlGl  
Keyword  
HEAT CAPACITY  
Cog Level: CIA 3.914.1  
Source:  
N  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
S  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:45 AM
91  


                                      QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  89. 29502602.1.12 001
89. 29502602.1.12 001  
        Unit 2 is conducting a plant startup per 2-GOI-100-1A, "Unit Startup and Power
Unit 2 is conducting a plant startup per 2-GOI-100-1A, "Unit Startup and Power  
        Operation", and surveillance 2-SR-3.5.1.8, "HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set
Operation", and surveillance 2-SR-3.5.1.8, "HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set  
        Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at 150 psig" is in progress. The following
Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at 150 psig" is in progress. The following  
        conditions exist:
conditions exist:  
                Suppression Pool water temperature is 98&deg;F and rising.
Suppression Pool water temperature is 98&deg;F and rising.  
                Both loops of Suppression Pool cooling are in service.
Both loops of Suppression Pool cooling are in service.  
        The Unit Supervisor is implementing the actions of EOl-2,"Primary Containment
The Unit Supervisor is implementing the actions of EOl-2,"Primary Containment  
        Control".
Control".  
        In accordance with Unit 2 Technical Specifications, which ONE of the following actions
In accordance with Unit 2 Technical Specifications, which ONE of the following actions  
        is required once Suppression Pool temperature exceeds 105"F?
is required once Suppression Pool temperature exceeds 105"F?  
      A. Place the Reactor Mode Switch in SHUTDOWN.
A. Place the Reactor Mode Switch in SHUTDOWN.  
        BY Suspend all testing that adds heat to the Suppression Pool.
BY Suspend all testing that adds heat to the Suppression Pool.  
        C. Reduce THERMAL POWER to range 7 on IRM's within 12 hours.
C. Reduce THERMAL POWER to range 7 on IRM's within 12 hours.  
        D. Depressurize the reactor vessel to less than 200 psig within 12 hours.
D. Depressurize the reactor vessel to less than 200 psig within 12 hours.  
      References: Tech Specs 3.6.2.1, Suppression Pool Average Temperature
References: Tech Specs 3.6.2.1, Suppression Pool Average Temperature  
      A. Incorrect since the Mode Switch doesn't need to be placed in Shutdown until
A. Incorrect since the Mode Switch doesn't need to be placed in Shutdown until  
      average Suppression Pool temperature exceeds 110&deg;F.
average Suppression Pool temperature exceeds 11 0&deg;F.  
      B. Correct answer.
B. Correct answer.  
      C. Incorrect since this is done if cannot meet Required Action and associated
C. Incorrect since this is done if cannot meet Required Action and associated  
      Completion time of Condition A.
Completion time of Condition A.  
      D. Incorrect since this is performed if average Suppression Pool temperature exceeds
D. Incorrect since this is performed if average Suppression Pool temperature exceeds  
      120&deg;F.
120&deg;F.  
      RO Tier:                                     SRO Tier: TlGl
RO Tier:  
      Keyword     SUPPRESSION CHAMBER             Cog Level: MEM 2.813.1
SRO Tier:  
      Source:     B                               Exam:     BF02301
TlGl  
      Test:       S                               Misc:
Keyword  
Tuesday, January 21,200308:41:45 AM                                                         92
SUPPRESSION CHAMBER  
Cog Level: MEM 2.813.1  
Source:  
B  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
S  
Misc:  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:45 AM  
92  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
    90. 295031EA2.04 001
90. 295031EA2.04 001  
        The following conditions exist on Unit 2 after a scram from 100% power:
The following conditions exist on Unit 2 after a scram from 100% power:  
                Reactor Power               6%
Reactor Power  
                SLC                         INJECTING
6%  
                Reactor Water level         UNKNOWN
SLC  
                Suppression pool temp         105 degrees F
INJECTING  
                Suppression Pool Pressure     3.0 psig
Reactor Water level  
                Drywell Pressure             3.0 psig
UNKNOWN  
                Six ADS valves               OPEN
Suppression pool temp  
                RPV injection               Stopped and Prevented per Appx. 4
Suppression Pool Pressure 3.0 psig  
        Which ONE of the following indicates the reactor pressure at which injection to thw
Drywell Pressure  
        vessel should be reestablished?
3.0 psig  
        (Supply copy of EOI-1 and C-4)
Six ADS valves  
        A. When reactor pressure is below 65 psig.
OPEN  
        B. When reactor pressure is below 68 psig.
RPV injection  
        C.' When reactor pressure is below 180 psig.
105 degrees F
        D. When reactor pressure is below 220 psig.
Stopped and Prevented per Appx. 4  
        References: 2-EOI-1 Rev. 8
Which ONE of the following indicates the reactor pressure at which injection to thw  
                        C-4 Rev. 6
vessel should be reestablished?  
        A. Incorrect since this is the pressure that needs to be above Suppression Chamber if
(Supply copy of EOI-1 and C-4)  
        the reactor will stay shutdown under all conditions.
A. When reactor pressure is below 65 psig.  
        B. Incorrect since this pressure added to Suppression Chamber pressure is the
B. When reactor pressure is below 68 psig.  
        pressure required to be maintained if the reactor will stay shutdown under all
C.' When reactor pressure is below 180 psig.  
        conditions.
D. When reactor pressure is below 220 psig.  
        C. Correct answer with 6 or more MSRV's open.
References: 2-EOI-1 Rev. 8  
        D.Incorrect since this is the pressure with only 5 MSRV's open.
C-4 Rev. 6  
      RO Tier:                                       SRO Tier: TlGl
A. Incorrect since this is the pressure that needs to be above Suppression Chamber if  
      Keyword     RPV FLOODING                       Cog Level: CIA 4.6143
the reactor will stay shutdown under all conditions.  
        Source:     B                                 Exam:     BF02301
B. Incorrect since this pressure added to Suppression Chamber pressure is the  
      Test:       S                                 Misc:       TCK
pressure required to be maintained if the reactor will stay shutdown under all  
Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:45AM                                                          93
conditions.  
C. Correct answer with 6 or more MSRV's open.  
D. Incorrect since this is the pressure with only 5 MSRV's open.  
RO Tier:  
SRO Tier:  
TlGl  
Keyword  
RPV FLOODING  
Cog Level: CIA 4.6143  
Source:  
B  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
S  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:45 AM
93  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  91. 29503862.3.4 001
91. 29503862.3.4 001  
        Unit 2 has experienced a severe accident.
Unit 2 has experienced a severe accident.  
        Which ONE of the following conditions would require EMERGENCY
Which ONE of the following conditions would require EMERGENCY  
        DEPRESSURIZATION per EO/-4, Radioactivity Release Control?
DEPRESSURIZATION per EO/-4, Radioactivity Release Control?  
        A. Release rates above an ALERT due to fuel failure and a leak from the suppression
A. Release rates above an ALERT due to fuel failure and a leak from the suppression  
            pool.
pool.  
        B. Release rates exceeding an Unusual Event classification and an unisolable leak on
B. Release rates exceeding an Unusual Event classification and an unisolable leak on  
            the HPCl steam line.
the HPCl steam line.  
        C I Release rates approaching a General Emergency and leakage past the MSlVs to a
C I Release rates approaching a General Emergency and leakage past the MSlVs to a  
            steam leak in the turbine building.
steam leak in the turbine building.  
        D. Release rates exceeding a General Emergency but no indications of a primary
D. Release rates exceeding a General Emergency but no indications of a primary  
            system discharging outside of containment.
system discharging outside of containment.  
      References: EOI-4, Radioactive Release Control, Rev5
References: EOI-4, Radioactive Release Control, Rev5  
      A. Incorrect since lowering reactor pressure would not slow down the leak.
A. Incorrect since lowering reactor pressure would not slow down the leak.  
      B. Incorrect since release rate is below the alert level and not approaching the General
B. Incorrect since release rate is below the alert level and not approaching the General  
      Emergency level.
Emergency level.  
      C. Correct answer.
C. Correct answer.  
      D. Incorrect since nothing is being discharged outside of primary or secondary
D. Incorrect since nothing is being discharged outside of primary or secondary  
      containment.
containment.  
      RO Tier:                                       SRO Tier: TlGl
RO Tier:  
      Keyword      RADIATION CONTROL                Cog Level: MEM 2.513.1
Keyword
      Source:      B                                Exam:     BF02301
RADIATION CONTROL
      Test:        S                                Misc:     TCK
Source:
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:45 AM                                                       94
B
Test:
S
SRO Tier:  
TlGl  
Cog Level: MEM 2.513.1  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:45 AM  
94  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                      for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  92. 600000G2.4.27 001
92. 600000G2.4.27 001  
        A fire rated door listed in Table 9.3.1 1.E of the BFNP FIRE PROTECTION PLAN is
A fire rated door listed in Table 9.3.1 1 .E of the BFNP FIRE PROTECTION PLAN is  
        about to be propped open while work is in progress on one side of the door. There is
about to be propped open while work is in progress on one side of the door. There is  
        no fire detection equipment available to protect either side of the fire door. The door is
no fire detection equipment available to protect either side of the fire door. The door is  
        located in a contamination zone.
located in a contamination zone.  
        Which ONE of the following is the MINIMUM action that must be taken to compensate
Which ONE of the following is the MINIMUM action that must be taken to compensate  
        for having the fire door propped open?
for having the fire door propped open?  
        A. Establish a roving hourly fire watch to monitor the both areas until the door is
A. Establish a roving hourly fire watch to monitor the both areas until the door is  
            restored to an operable status.
restored to an operable status.  
        B. If hot work is to be performed in either of the adjacent rooms, establish a
B. If hot work is to be performed in either of the adjacent rooms, establish a  
            continuous fire watch on either side of the open door.
continuous fire watch on either side of the open door.  
        C. No compensatory actions are required as long as the fire door is verified to be
C. No compensatory actions are required as long as the fire door is verified to be  
            closed at least one time daily.
closed at least one time daily.  
        D I Establish a continuous/dedicated fire watch to monitor the impaired fire door area
D I Establish a continuous/dedicated fire watch to monitor the impaired fire door area  
            until the door is restored to an operable status.
until the door is restored to an operable status.  
      References: Fire Protection Plan Vol.1 Rev.17 pg 25
References: Fire Protection Plan Vol.1 Rev.17 pg 25  
                        Modified so that the examinee must determine that the door is inoperable.
Modified so that the examinee must determine that the door is inoperable.  
      A. Incorrect since a continuous/dedicated fire watch is required until the door is
A. Incorrect since a continuous/dedicated fire watch is required until the door is  
      restored to operable status.
restored to operable status.  
      B. Incorrect since a continuousldedicated fire watch is required until the door is
B. Incorrect since a continuousldedicated fire watch is required until the door is  
      restored to operable status.
restored to operable status.  
      C. Incorrect since the fire door is inoperable and compensatory actions are required.
C. Incorrect since the fire door is inoperable and compensatory actions are required.  
      D. Correct answer
D. Correct answer  
      RO Tier:                                         SROTier:  TlG2
RO Tier:  
      Keyword:     FIRE PROTECTION                   Cog Level: C/A 3.0/3.5
Keyword:  
      Source:      M                                  Exam:     BF02301
FIRE PROTECTION  
      Test:        S                                  Mix:       TCK
Source:
Tuesday, January 21,20030841 :45AM                                                            95
M
Test:
S
SROTier:
TlG2
Cog Level: C/A 3.0/3.5  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Mix:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 0841 :45 AM
95  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                      for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  93. G2 1.10001
93. G2 1.10001  
        You are in the position of SM. There are several NRC personnel in the control area
You are in the position of SM. There are several NRC personnel in the control area  
        conducting initial reactor operator examinations. You feel these activities are interfering
conducting initial reactor operator examinations. You feel these activities are interfering  
        with daily plant activities, you are concerned with the number of people in the control
with daily plant activities, you are concerned with the number of people in the control  
        room. According to SSP10.0, Plant Operations, which ONE of the following actions
room. According to SSP10.0, Plant Operations, which ONE of the following actions  
        should be taken?
should be taken?  
        A. Ask the NRC personnel to leave the control room.
A. Ask the NRC personnel to leave the control room.  
        B. Contact the NRC Senior Resident Inspector for resolution.
B. Contact the NRC Senior Resident Inspector for resolution.  
        C:' Contact the Plant Manager for resolution.
C:' Contact the Plant Manager for resolution.  
        D. Nothing. NRC personnel shall be allowed to enter or be present in the control room
D. Nothing. NRC personnel shall be allowed to enter or be present in the control room  
            for any activity.
for any activity.  
        SSP10.0, Plant Operations:
SSP10.0, Plant Operations:  
        3.6     Control Room Activities
3.6  
        The SM, US and the UO have the authority to restrict access to or remove personnel
Control Room Activities  
        from the control room. NRC personnel shall be allowed to enter or be present in the
The SM, US and the UO have the authority to restrict access to or remove personnel  
        control room. If the SM has concern over the number or activities of NRC personnel,
from the control room. NRC personnel shall be allowed to enter or be present in the  
        he shall contact the Plant Manager for resolution.
control room. If the SM has concern over the number or activities of NRC personnel,  
        RO Tier:                                       SROTier: T3
he shall contact the Plant Manager for resolution.  
        Keyword     COMMAND AND CONTROL               Cog Level: MEM 2.713.9
RO Tier:  
        Source:     B                                 Exam:     BF02301
SROTier:  
        Test:       S                                 Mix:
T3  
Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:45 AM                                                             96
Keyword  
COMMAND AND CONTROL  
Cog Level: MEM 2.713.9  
Source:  
B  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
S  
Mix:  
Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:45 AM  
96  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  94. G2.1.12 001
94. G2.1.12 001  
        The following plant conditions exist on U-2.
The following plant conditions exist on U-2.  
          -1 Mode 5
-1 Mode 5  
          - Reactor Mode Switch REFUEL
- Reactor Mode Switch REFUEL  
          - Spent Fuel Pool Shuffle in progress
- Spent Fuel Pool Shuffle in progress  
        The following plant conditions exist on U-3.
The following plant conditions exist on U-3.  
          - Mode 4
- Mode 4  
          - Reactor Mode Switch SHUTDOWN
- Reactor Mode Switch SHUTDOWN  
          - Preparations for startup underway
- Preparations for startup underway  
        In accordance with Tech Specs the Standby Gas Treatment is...
In accordance with Tech Specs the Standby Gas Treatment is ...  
        A. NOT required to be operable
A. NOT required to be operable  
        B? required to be operable for U-2.
B? required to be operable for U-2.  
        C. required to be operable for U-3.
C. required to be operable for U-3.  
        D. required to be operable for both units.
D. required to be operable for both units.  
        References: Technical Specification 3.7.B
References: Technical Specification 3.7.B  
      RO Tier:                                       SROTier: T3
RO Tier:  
      Keyword:     SBGT                             Cog Level: C I A 2.914.0
SROTier: T3  
      Source:     B                                 Exam:     BF02301
Keyword:  
      Test:       S                                 Misc:
SBGT  
Tuesday, January 21,200308:41:46AM                                            97
Cog Level: CIA 2.914.0  
Source:  
B  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
S  
Misc:  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:46 AM
97  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  95. G2.2.14 001
95. G2.2.14 001  
        Unit 3 is in a Refueling Outage with a 24 month Group 2 surveillance in progress. The
Unit 3 is in a Refueling Outage with a 24 month Group 2 surveillance in progress. The  
        Test Director assigned to coordinate the surveillance is in the control room monitoring
Test Director assigned to coordinate the surveillance is in the control room monitoring  
        the test when the SGT system receives an actual Auto Start signal. The Test Director
the test when the SGT system receives an actual Auto Start signal. The Test Director  
        stops the surveillance until the conditions that caused SGT to auto start are corrected.
stops the surveillance until the conditions that caused SGT to auto start are corrected.  
        Which ONE of the following describes the actions the Test Director must perform to
Which ONE of the following describes the actions the Test Director must perform to  
        restart the surveillance?
restart the surveillance?  
        A.' Re-verify the Initial conditions and ensure equipment performance will not be
A.' Re-verify the Initial conditions and ensure equipment performance will not be  
            jeopardized by completing the remainder of the procedure.
jeopardized by completing the remainder of the procedure.  
        B. Discard the surveillance test that was interupted and repeat the surveillance from
B. Discard the surveillance test that was interupted and repeat the surveillance from  
            the beginning.
the beginning.  
        C. Verify with Operations that they are able to support the remainder of the
C. Verify with Operations that they are able to support the remainder of the  
            surveillance test and continue where the procedure was interupted.
surveillance test and continue where the procedure was interupted.  
        D. The Test Director and Operations can review the procedure to see if all of the
D. The Test Director and Operations can review the procedure to see if all of the  
            Acceptance Criteria is met. If it is then the surveillance can be signed off as
Acceptance Criteria is met. If it is then the surveillance can be signed off as  
            complete.
complete.  
        Reference: SPP-8.1 Rev.2 Pg 9
Reference: SPP-8.1 Rev.2 Pg 9  
                      OPL171.078 Rev.11 Pg 14
OPL171.078 Rev.11 Pg 14  
                      Enabling Objective OPL171.078 #B11
Enabling Objective OPL171.078 #B11  
      A. Correct answer,
A. Correct answer,  
      B. Incorrect since the previous procedure is not discarded.
B. Incorrect since the previous procedure is not discarded.  
      C. Incorrect since the Test Director and Operations must re-verify the initial conditions
C. Incorrect since the Test Director and Operations must re-verify the initial conditions  
      prior to restarting the test.
prior to restarting the test.  
      D. Incorrect since the surveillance cannot be signed off as complete until all steps are
D. Incorrect since the surveillance cannot be signed off as complete until all steps are  
      completed or N/A'd.
completed or N/A'd.  
      RO Tier:                                       SROTier:   T3
RO Tier:  
      Keyword      TESTING                            Cog Level: MEM 2.U3.0
Keyword
      Source:      N                                  Exam:     BF02301
TESTING
      Test:        S                                  Misc:     TCK
Source:
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:46AM                                                          98
N
Test:
S
SROTier: T3  
Cog Level: MEM 2.U3.0  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:46 AM
98  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                    for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  96.G2.2.5 001
96.  
        The System Engineer for the RHR System has performed an Evaluation for a
G2.2.5 001  
        Temporary Alteration to the system. The temp alt is not Quality Related. The Systems
The System Engineer for the RHR System has performed an Evaluation for a  
        Engineering Manager has approved the temp alt.
Temporary Alteration to the system. The temp alt is not Quality Related. The Systems  
        Which ONE of the following lists the individuals that are required to give approval prior
Engineering Manager has approved the temp alt.  
        to installing the temp alt?
Which ONE of the following lists the individuals that are required to give approval prior  
        A. Shift Manager, PORC, and Plant Manager.
to installing the temp alt?  
        B.   Regulatory Assurance Manager and Plant Manager.
A. Shift Manager, PORC, and Plant Manager.  
        Cy Shift Manager and Plant Manager.
B. Regulatory Assurance Manager and Plant Manager.  
        D. Shift Manager, Regulatory Assurance Manager, and PORC.
Cy Shift Manager and Plant Manager.  
        References: OPL171.079 Rev.11 pg 9
D. Shift Manager, Regulatory Assurance Manager, and PORC.  
        A. Incorrect since PORC is not required since the temp alt is not quality related.
References: OPL171.079 Rev.11 pg 9  
        B. Incorrect since the Regulatory Assurance Manager is not a required signature.
A. Incorrect since PORC is not required since the temp alt is not quality related.  
        C. Correct answer since temp alt is not Quality related.
B. Incorrect since the Regulatory Assurance Manager is not a required signature.  
        D. Incorrect since Regulatory Assurance Manager and PORC are not required
C. Correct answer since temp alt is not Quality related.  
        signatures.
D. Incorrect since Regulatory Assurance Manager and PORC are not required  
        RO Tier:                                     SROTier: T3
signatures.  
        Keyword     TEMP AL'I                       Cog Level: CIA 1.612.1
RO Tier:  
        Source:    N                                Exam:     BF02301
Keyword  
        Test:        S                              Misc:     TCK
TEMP AL'I  
Tuesday, January 21,200308:41:46 AM                                                           99
Source:
N
Test:
S
SROTier:
T3
Cog Level: CIA 1.612.1  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:46 AM  
99  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                      for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  97.G2.3.4 001
97. G2.3.4 001  
        Given the following exposure history data for an individual:
Given the following exposure history data for an individual:  
        ~ Lifetime Exposure:       19500 mrem TEDE (NRC form 4 on file)
~  
            Annual Exposure:         4600 mrern TEDE
Lifetime Exposure:  
            Quarterly Exposure:     600 mrem TEDE
19500 mrem TEDE (NRC form 4 on file)  
            Age:                     22
Annual Exposure:  
            Sex:                    Male
4600 mrern TEDE  
        Which ONE of the following is the maximum additional whole body exposure the
Quarterly Exposure: 600 mrem TEDE  
        individual is allowed to receive in the current calender quarter under Federal (IO CFR
Sex:
        20) exposure limits? (Not a planned special exposure)
Male
        A:' 400 mrem TEDE.
Age:  
        B. 600 mrem TEDE.
22  
        C. 800 mrem TEDE.
Which ONE of the following is the maximum additional whole body exposure the  
        D. 1400 mrem TEDE.
individual is allowed to receive in the current calender quarter under Federal (IO CFR  
        References: 10 CFR 20 Subpart C 20.1201
20) exposure limits? (Not a planned special exposure)  
        A. Correct answer.
A:' 400 mrem TEDE.  
        B, C and D. Incorrect since worker is limited to 5000 mRem annually.
B. 600 mrem TEDE.  
        Note: Changed annual dose in stem to 4600 instead of 4300. This changed the correct answer.
C. 800 mrem TEDE.  
      RO Tier:                                           SROTier:   T3
D. 1400 mrem TEDE.  
        Keyword     RADIATION CONTROL                     Cog Level: CIA 2.513.1
References: 10 CFR 20 Subpart C 20.1201  
        Source:     B                                     Exam:     BF02301
A. Correct answer.  
      Test:       S                                     Misc:     TCK
B, C and D. Incorrect since worker is limited to 5000 mRem annually.  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:46 AM                                                           100
Note: Changed annual dose in stem to 4600 instead of 4300. This changed the correct answer.  
RO Tier:  
SROTier:  
T3  
Keyword  
RADIATION CONTROL  
Cog Level: CIA 2.513.1  
Source:  
B  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
S  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:46 AM  
100  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                      for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  98. G2.3.9 001
98. G2.3.9 001  
        Unit 2 startup is in progress with the following conditions existing:
Unit 2 startup is in progress with the following conditions existing:  
            Reactor Power                 10% RTP
Reactor Power  
            Reactor Pressure             920 psig
10% RTP  
            Mode Switch Position           START/HOT STBY
Reactor Pressure  
            Containment is being inerted with purge filter fan in service.
920 psig  
        Which ONE of the following describes the results of taking the action specified under
Mode Switch Position  
        these plant conditions?
START/HOT STBY  
      A. Placing the Reactor Mode Switch in RUN will initiate a Group 6 PClS isolation
Containment is being inerted with purge filter fan in service.  
            unless Bypass switches are placed in BYPASS on panel 9-3.
Which ONE of the following describes the results of taking the action specified under  
        BY Placing the Reactor Mode Switch in RUN will automatically close all valves required
these plant conditions?  
            for inerting with the purge filter fan unless Bypass switches are placed in BYPASS
A. Placing the Reactor Mode Switch in RUN will initiate a Group 6 PClS isolation  
            on panel 9-3.
unless Bypass switches are placed in BYPASS on panel 9-3.  
        C. Turning the purge filter fan off will automatically close the drywell and suppression
BY Placing the Reactor Mode Switch in RUN will automatically close all valves required  
            chamber exhaust valves.
for inerting with the purge filter fan unless Bypass switches are placed in BYPASS  
        D. Placing the Reactor Mode Switch in RUN will automatically close the drywell and
on panel 9-3.  
            suppression chamber exhaust isolation valves unless the Drywell/Suppression
C. Turning the purge filter fan off will automatically close the drywell and suppression  
            Chamber Train N B Vent keylock switches are positioned to DRYWELL.
chamber exhaust valves.  
      References: OPL171.032 Rev.10 pg 14 and 15
D. Placing the Reactor Mode Switch in RUN will automatically close the drywell and  
      A. Incorrect since placing the Mode Switch in RUN will not initiate a Group 6 isolation.
suppression chamber exhaust isolation valves unless the Drywell/Suppression  
      B. Correct answer.
Chamber Train N B Vent keylock switches are positioned to DRYWELL.  
      C. Incorrect since turning off the purge fan will not close the valves.
References: OPL171.032 Rev.10 pg 14 and 15  
      D.Incorrect since placing the DrywelllSuppression Chamber Train N B Vent keylock
A. Incorrect since placing the Mode Switch in RUN will not initiate a Group 6 isolation.  
      switches to the DRYWELL position does not prevent valve movement.
B. Correct answer.  
      RO Tier:                                         SROTier:   T3
C. Incorrect since turning off the purge fan will not close the valves.  
      Keyword      CONTAINMENT                          Cog Level: CAI 233.4
D. Incorrect since placing the DrywelllSuppression Chamber Train N B Vent keylock  
      Source:      B                                    Exam:     BF02301
switches to the DRYWELL position does not prevent valve movement.  
      Test:        S                                    Misc:     TCK
RO Tier:  
Tuesday, January 21,200308:41:46 AM                                                           101
Keyword
CONTAINMENT
Source:
B
Test:
S
SROTier:  
T3  
Cog Level: CAI 233.4  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003
08:41:46 AM  
101  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                      for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  99. G2.4.29 001
99. G2.4.29 001  
        It is noted by the Unit 2 Supervisor that a Site Area Emergency classification level was
It is noted by the Unit 2 Supervisor that a Site Area Emergency classification level was  
        exceeded but the present situation indicates that only an Alert classification level is
exceeded but the present situation indicates that only an Alert classification level is  
                                          -
being exceeded ,..........  
        being exceeded,..........                  .__          . .
Which ONE (1) of the following is correct concerning the Radiological Emergency  
        Which ONE (1) of the following is correct concerning the Radiological Emergency
Plan?  
        Plan?
-
        A. the higher classification should be reported to CECC, if staffed, or ODs, if the
.__
              CECC is not staffed, and the lower classification reported to NRC.
. . 
        B.' the higher classification shall be reported to NRC and the CECC if staffed, or the
A. the higher classification should be reported to CECC, if staffed, or ODs, if the  
              ODs, if the CECC is not staffed, but the higher classification should not be
CECC is not staffed, and the lower classification reported to NRC.  
              declared.
B.' the higher classification shall be reported to NRC and the CECC if staffed, or the  
        C. only the lower classification should be reported to NRC and the CECC if staffed, or
ODs, if the CECC is not staffed, but the higher classification should not be  
              the ODs, if the CECC is not staffed.
declared.  
        D. the higher classification shall be declared.
C. only the lower classification should be reported to NRC and the CECC if staffed, or  
        References: EPIP-1 Rev.29 Pg 3
the ODs, if the CECC is not staffed.  
      A. Incorrect since the higher classification should be reported to the NRC.
D. the higher classification shall be declared.  
        B. Correct answer.
References: EPIP-1 Rev.29 Pg 3  
        C. Incorrect since the higher classification should be reported to the NRC.
A. Incorrect since the higher classification should be reported to the NRC.  
        D. Incorrect since the higher classification should not be declared but should be
B. Correct answer.  
        reported to everyone.
C. Incorrect since the higher classification should be reported to the NRC.  
      RO Tier:                                       SROTier: T3
D. Incorrect since the higher classification should not be declared but should be  
      Keyword      EMERGENCY PLAN                    Cog Level: MEM 2.614.0
reported to everyone.  
      Source:      B                                  Exam:     BF02301
RO Tier:  
      Test:        S                                  Misc:
Keyword
Tuesday, Janualy 21,200308:41:46 AM                                                             102
EMERGENCY PLAN
Source:
B
Test:
S
SROTier: T3  
Cog Level: MEM 2.614.0  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Misc:  
Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:46 AM  
102  


                                        QUESTIONS REPORT
QUESTIONS REPORT  
                                      for Browns Ferry Questions
for Browns Ferry Questions  
  100. G2.4.41 001
100. G2.4.41 001  
        Units 1 and 2 Control Room has become engulfed with smoke and at 1415 the SM
Units 1 and 2 Control Room has become engulfed with smoke and at 1415 the SM  
        orders the control room abandoned. The status of the Units is as follows:
orders the control room abandoned. The status of the Units is as follows:  
            Unit 1 is defueled.
Unit 1 is defueled.  
            Unit 2 is in Mode 1.
Unit 2 is in Mode 1.  
            -Unit 3 control room is unaffected.
-Unit 3 control room is unaffected.  
        At 1438 control of Unit 2 is established from Panel 2-25-32.
At 1438 control of Unit 2 is established from Panel 2-25-32.  
        Which ONE of the following describes the Emergency Classification and who is
Which ONE of the following describes the Emergency Classification and who is  
        responsible for EPIP implementation?
responsible for EPIP implementation?  
        A. SM declares an ALERT and he implements EPIP.
A. SM declares an ALERT and he implements EPIP.  
        B. SM declares an ALERT and Unit 1 US implements EPIP.
B. SM declares an ALERT and Unit 1 US implements EPIP.  
        C. SM declares a SITE AREA EMERGENCY and SSS implements EPIP.
C. SM declares a SITE AREA EMERGENCY and SSS implements EPIP.  
        D.' SM declares a SITE AREA EMERGENCY and Unit 3 US implements EPIP.
D.' SM declares a SITE AREA EMERGENCY and Unit 3 US implements EPIP.  
        References: 2-AOI-100-2 Rev. 47 pg 3
References: 2-AOI-100-2 Rev. 47 pg 3  
                        Enabling Objective OPL171.208 #4
Enabling Objective OPL171.208 #4  
      A. Incorrect since this is classified as a Site Emergency due to backup control from
A. Incorrect since this is classified as a Site Emergency due to backup control from  
        Panel 2-25-32 is NOT established within 20 minutes.
Panel 2-25-32 is NOT established within 20 minutes.  
        B. Incorrect since this is classified as a Site Emergency due to backup control from
B. Incorrect since this is classified as a Site Emergency due to backup control from  
        Panel 2-25-32 is NOT established within 20 minutes.
Panel 2-25-32 is NOT established within 20 minutes.  
        C. lncorrec since Unit 3 US assumes responsibility for EPIP implementation.
C. lncorrec since Unit 3 US assumes responsibility for EPIP implementation.  
        D. Correct answer since control from Panel 2-25-32 is NOT established within 20
D. Correct answer since control from Panel 2-25-32 is NOT established within 20  
        minutes.
minutes.  
        Note: Changed stem as far as time it takes to establish control from Panel 2-25-32
Note: Changed stem as far as time it takes to establish control from Panel 2-25-32  
      which changes the answer.
which changes the answer.  
      RO Tier:                                         SROTier: T3
RO Tier:  
      Keyword     CONTROL ROOM                       Cog Level: CIA2.3t4.1
SROTier:  
      Source:     M                                   Exam:     BF02301
T3  
      Test:       S                                   Misc:     TCK
Keyword  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:46 AM                                                         103
CONTROL ROOM  
Cog Level: CIA2.3t4.1  
Source:  
M  
Exam:  
BF02301  
Test:  
S  
Misc:  
TCK  
Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:46 AM  
103
}}
}}

Latest revision as of 08:04, 16 January 2025

December 2002 Exam 50-259/2002-301 Draft SRO Written Exam
ML032340720
Person / Time
Site: Browns Ferry  Tennessee Valley Authority icon.png
Issue date: 08/16/2003
From: Ernstes M
Operator Licensing and Human Performance Branch
To: Scalice J
Tennessee Valley Authority
Shared Package
ML032380265 List:
References
50-259/02-301, 50-260/02-301, 50-296/02-301 50-259/02-301, 50-260/02-301, 50-296/02-301
Download: ML032340720 (104)


See also: IR 05000259/2002301

Text

Draft Submittal

BROWNS FERRY

EXAM 2002-301

50-259, 50-260, & 50-296

DECEMBER 13,16-19,2002

1.

Senior Reactor Operator Written Exam

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

1. 201001A2.01 001

While operating at 25% power the Unit Operator reports the following:

- CRD Pump A Breaker Disagreement White Light.

- Motor Trip Out Annunciator and Horn Received.

- 1 B CRD Pump in Standby.

Which ONE of the following describes the IMMEDIATE actions to be taken for the

above conditions?

A. Start CRD pump 1 B and open the CRD PUMP DISH TO UNIT 2. Adjust the CRD

SYS FLOW CONTROLLER tapeset to adjust CRD cooling water header

differential pressure to 20 psid and CRD system flow to approximately 60 gpm.

B. Place CRD SYS FLOW CONTROLLER in MAN at MAXIMUM setting. Start CRD

pump 1 B. Open CRD PUMP DISCH TO UNIT 2. When CRD cooling water header

differential pressure reaches 20 psid, and CRD system flow reaches between 45

and 75 gpm, balance CRD SYS FLOW CONTROLLER and place in AUTO.

C. Start CRD pump 1B. Place CRD SYS FLOW CONTROLLER in MAN at MINIMUM

setting. Open CRD PUMP DISCH TO UNIT 2. Adjust CRD SYS FLOW

CONTROLLER to establish 20 psid cooling water header differential pressure.

Balance CRD SYS FLOW CONTROLLER and place in AUTO.

D? Place CRD SYS FLOW CONTROLLER in MAN at MINIMUM setting. Start CRD

pump 1 B. Open CRD PUMP DISCH TO UNIT 2. Adjust CRD SYS FLOW

CONTROLLER to establish 20 psid CRD cooling water header differential pressure

and CRD system flow between 40 and 65 gpm. Balance CRD SYS FLOW

CONTROLLER and place in AUTO.

References: 2-AOl-85-3 Rev. 20 pg 1 and 2

NOTE: Revised some of the distractors to make them more plausible.

Also, revised stem to ensure that it is clear that these are

IMMEDIATE operator actions.

A. Incorrect since flow controller must be adjusted to minimum setting prior to starting

the pump.

B. Incorrect since flow controller must be adjusted to MINIMUM instead of MAXIMUM.

C. Incorrect since flow controller must be adjusted to minimum setting prior to starting

the pump.

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:33 AM

1

ROTier:

T2G1

Keyword

CRD SYSTEM

Source:

B

Test:

C

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:34 AM

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

SRO Tier:

T2G2

Cog Level: MEM 3.2/3.3

Exam:

BF02301

Misc:

TCK

2

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

2. 201006K3.01 001

The following conditions exist on Unit 3:

RWM Bypass Switch in Normal.

Core Power level is above the Low Power Setpoint.

The RWM program has NOT been initialized

Control Rod 22-35 at position 18 (group limit 00-12)

-

-

Which ONE of the following is the reason that control rod 22-35 cannot be moved?

A. Withdraw Block is in effect.

B. Insert Block is in effect.

C:' Select Block is in effect.

D. Withdraw Error has occured.

References: OPLl71.024 Rev. 10 pg 13-1 6

A, B and D are incorrect since a Select Block is in effect due to RWM Bypass Switch in

NORMAL and the RWM program has not been initiated.

C. Correct answer.

ROTier:

T2G2

Keyword

RWM

Source:

N

Test:

C

SRO Tier:

T2G2

Cog Level: CIA 3.213.5

Exam:

BF02301

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:34 AM

3

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

3. 20200262.2.3 002

Which ONE of the following choices correctly describes the response of the Unit 2 and

Unit 3 reactor recirculation pump (RRP) speed control to an increase in core differential

pressure?

A. On Unit 2 the RRP speed must be manually adjusted by the operator but Unit 3 will

automatically reposition the scoop tube to bring speed back to the setpoint.

B. Both Unit 2 and Unit 3 must be manually adjusted by the operator to bring speed

back to the setpoint.

C. Unit 2 will automatically reposition the scoop tube to bring speed back to the

setpoint but on Unit 3 the RRP speed must be manually adjusted by the operator.

D. Both Unit 2 RRP and Unit 3 will automatically reposition the scoop tube to bring

speed back to the setpoint.

JUSTIFICATION

Unit 2 and 3 speed feedback are enabled.

REF: OPL171.007, Rev. 15, Page 36

OPL171 R007, Rev. 0, Page 11

ROTier:

T2G1

SRO Tier:

T2G1

Keyword

RECIRC SYSTEM

Cog Level: MEM 3.113.3

Source:

B

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:34 AM

4

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

4. 203000A4.01 001

During a level transient on Unit 2 the following events occurred:

- RPV water level decreased to -125 inches during the transient

- ADS actuated

- RHR Pump 2A and 2B started and injected to the reactor vessel

- RPV water level is now +25 inches and increasing

- No operator actions have been taken

Which ONE of the following statements describes the RHR system response if RHR

Pump 2A control switch is placed to the STOP position?

A.' RHR Pump 2A will stop and the amber auto-start lockout light will light.

8. RHR Pump 2A will stop and the amber auto-start lockout light will extinguish.

C. No change; RHR Pump 2A will continue to run until the LOCA initiation signal is

reset.

D. RHR Pump 2A will stop and then restart when the switch is released. The amber

auto-start lockout light will not change indication.

References: OPLl71.044 Rev. 10 pg 61

Enabling Objective #I3

2-01-74 Rev. 0107 pg 8

A. Correct answer.

B. Incorrect since the RHR system is designed to allow a pump to be secured and

auto-initiation lock-out.

C.lncorrect since the amber light is the auto-init. lockout indication and will not

extinguish until the LOCA signal is reset.

D. Incorrect since both sentences are incorrect.

ROTier:

T2G1

Keyword

RHR

Source:

B

Test:

C

SRO Tier:

T2G1

Cog Level: CIA 4.314.1

Exam:

BF02301

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 0841 :34 AM

5

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

5. 203000K3.02 001

Gross fuel failure is suspected on Unit 3. The crew is in 3-EO/ Appendix 18 -

Suppression Pool water Inventory Removal and Makeup and have just closed

3-FCV-74-63, RHR RADWASTE SYS FLUSH VALVE. Suppression Pool level is -2.5

inches and steady.

Which ONE ofthe~following-are the ~appropriate~actions?

~ ~.~

~~~

-~~

A:

Exit 3-EO1 Appendix 18 - Suppression Pool water Inventory Removal and Makeup

since Suppression Pool water level is within acceptable limits.

B. Open 3-FCV-74-63, RHR RADWASTE SYS FLUSH VALVE and direct Suppression

Pool water to Radwaste ONLY.

C. Open 3-FCV-74-62, RHR MAIN CNDR FLUSH VALVE and direct Suppression Pool

water to the Main Condenser ONLY.

D. Open 3-FCV-74-62, RHR MAIN CNDR FLUSH VALVE and direct Suppression Pool

water to the Main Conderser or open 3-FCV-74-63, RHR RADWASTE SYS FLUSH

VALVE and direct Suppression Pool water to Radwaste.

References: 3-EO1 Appendix 18

WHEN Suppression Pool level can be maintained between -1 in. and -5.5 in. THEN

EXIT this procedure.

ROTier:

T2G1

SRO Tier:

T2G1

Keyword

SUPPRESSION CHAMBER

Cog Level: CIA 3.513.5

Source:

B

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:34 AM

6

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

6. 204000K5.05 001

I

Which ONE of the following describes the signals that will close the RWCU Blowdown

Valve (FCV 69-15)?

A. Low Reactor Water Level +2, Standby Liquid Control initiation.

BY High downstream pressure 140 psig, low upstream pressure 5 psig.

C. High RWCU Pump Rm temp 140°F, high temp on outlet of NRHX 140°F.

D. High flow 250 gpm, high differential pressure across valve 25 psid.

~

References: OPL171.013 Rev.12 pg 22-24

A,C and D Incorrect since these signals do not close the blowdown valve.

B. Correct answer.

ROTier:

T2G2

Keyword

RWCU SYSTEM

Source:

N

Test:

C

SRO Tier:

T2G2

Cog Level: MEM 2.612.6

Exam:

BF02301

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 0841 :34 AM

7

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

7. 205000A4.05 001

Unit 2 is in a refueling outage with Loop II of RHR in shutdown cooling. The RHR

SYSTEM II MIN FLOW INHIBIT switch is in the INHIBIT position. The Unit Operator

then places the RHR Loop II Minimum Flow Valve (2-FCV-74-30) Control Switch to the

OPEN position.

Which ONE of the following describes the effect on the Minimum Flow Valve?

A. Valve would not open.

B. Valve would open then immediately go back closed.

C. Valve would open regardless of RHR flow and remain open.

D. Valve would open only if RHR flow was less than min flow closing setpoint.

I

References: OPL171.044 Rev. 10 pg 33 and 34

2-01-74 Rev. 107 pg 73

Enabling Objective OPL171.044 #IO

A. Incorrect since valve would open and immediately close.

B. Correct answer.

C. Incorrect since valve would not remain open.

D. Incorrect since valve would open regardless of min flow signal.

ROTier:

T2G2

SRO Tier:

T2G2

Keyword

RHR SYSTEM

Cog Level: MEM 3.213.2

Source:

B

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:34 AM

8

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

8. 2o6000~3.05 001

HPCl is operating in the pressure control mode (suction from the CST and return to the

CST through FCV 73-35 and 36) when reactor water level lowers to -50.

Which ONE of the following describes HPCl response?

A. HPCl will be unaffected and continue to operate in the pressure control mode.

B. FCV 73-44 (inboard injection valve) opens; FCVs 73-35 and 36 remain open; HPCl

does not inject to the reactor.

C:' FCV 73-44 (inboard injection valve) opens: FCVs 73-35 and 36 close; HPCl injects

to the reactor.

D. FCV 73-44 (inboard injection valve) opens; FCV 73-35 closes; FCV 73-36 remains

open; HPCl injects to the reactor.

Reference: OPL171.042 Rev. 16 pg 42

A. Incorrect since HPCl has received an initiation signal from low water level. Setpoint

is -45.

B. Incorrect since FCV's 73-35 and 36 receive a closed signal if they were open.

C. Correct answer.

D. Incorrect since both FCV's 73-35 and 36 receive a closed signal.

ROTier:

T2G1

SRO Tier:

T2G1

Keyword

HPCI

Cog Level: CIA4.314.3

Source:

B

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:34 AM

9

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

9.

209001K5.05 001

Unit 3 has been at 100% RTP for the last 6 months. The Flow Rate test for HPCl is in

progress to verify OPERABILITY after maintenance was performed on the system.

2-SR-3.5.1.1-(CS I), Core Spraysystem Venting Loop 1 was last performed on

November 15th, 2002. The UO was sent out to perform the surveillance on December

16th, 2002 and reported back that he was unable to open the High Point Vent valve

(2-SHV-075-0071).-

Which ONE of the following describes the consequences to Unit 3 of not being able to

perform this surveillance?

A. Loop 1 Core Spray must be declared INOPERABLE immediately and Unit 3 enters

a 7 day LCO.

B. Loop 1 Core Spray venting must be performed within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> or the system

declared INOPERABLE which would place Unit 3 in a 72 hour8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> LCO.

C. Loop 1 Core Spray venting must be performed within 7.75 days or the system

declared INOPERABLE which would place Unit 3 in a 72 hour8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> LCO.

D? Loop 1 Core Spray venting must be performed within 7.75 days or the system

declared INOPERABLE which would place Unit 3 in a 7 day LCO.

References: Tech Spec 3.5.1, ECCS-Operating

2-SR-3.5.1.1 (CS 1) Rev. 1 pg 4 and 6

A. Incorrect since the grace period for the surveillance hasnt expired.

B. Incorrect since the grace period for the surveillance is 7.75 days and not 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />.

C. Incorrect since by the time that the 7.75 days expire then HPCl must be OPERABLE

or the unit is already shutdown.

D. Incorrect since HPCI will be OPERABLE by the time the 7.75 days has expired.

ROTier:

T2Gl

SRO Tier:

T2G1

Keyword

CORE SPRAY

Cog Level: CIA2.512.5

Source:

N

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:34 AM

10

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

10. 211000K1.01001

Which ONE of the following describes the relationship between the SLC System and

the Core Spray System?

A:' The SLC sparger provides a sensing point for the Core Spray Break Detection

logic.

.

.~

~

.

.

.

.

.

j ._;

.

. , , . . .

-

.~~

, .

~~

.. .

. ~ .

. .

.

_.

B. The SLC sparger provides a sensing point for the Core Spray flow indication.

C. The Core Spray System is totally independent of the SLC System.

D. The same Shutdown Board powers the 2B SLC Pump and the 28 Core Spray

Pump.

References: OPL171.045 Rev.11 pg 13

OPL171.039 Rev.13 pg 14,26 and 27

Enabling Objective OPL171.039 #4

A. Correct answer.

B. Incorrect since the sparger has no input to Core Spray flow.

C. Incorrect since Core Spray does interact with SLC through the sparger.

D. Incorrect since 2B Core Spray is powered from SD BD " C and 2B SLC pump is

powered from SD BD "B.

ROTier:

T2G1

SRO Tier:

T2G1

Keyword

SLC

Cog Level: MEM 3.0/3.3

Source:

N

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:35 AM

11

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

11. 211000K6.03001

Which ONE of the following describes the power supply and interlocks of the SLC

pumps?

A. One pump is powered from 250V RMOV Board A and one from 480V Shutdown

-

- ._

Board B. The pumps are electrically interlocked so that both pumps run, if

-available.

BY One pump is powered from 480V Shutdown Board A and one from 480V Shutdown

Board B. The pumps are electrically interlocked so that only one pump will run at a

time.

C. One pump is powered from 250V RMOV Board A and one from 480V Shutdown

Board B. The pumps are electrically interlocked so that only one pump will run at a

time.

D. One pump is powered from 480V Shutdown Board A and one from 480V Shutdown

Board B. The pumps are electrically interlocked so that both pumps run, if

available.

250 VDC is control power for the valves.

Two 100% capacity, triplex, positive displacement piston pumps powered from 480V

Shutdown Bds A and B respectively are installed in parallel. The pumps are electrically

interlocked so that only one pump can be run at a time to prevent overpressurization of

the system.. This is accomplished by B-finger contacts in the start circuit of the running

pump, opening contacts in the start circuit of the idle pump.

ROTier:

T2G1

SRO Tier:

T2G1

Keyword:

SBLC

Cog Level: MEM 3.213.3

Source:

B

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:35 AM

12

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

12. 212000A1.08 001

Unit 3 scrammed due to a spurious Group 1 isolation. The Mode Switch is in

Shutdown and all rods are inserted. Reactor water level has been restored to the

normal operating band. The Unit Supervisor has ordered the Reactor Operator to rese

the scram.

Which ONE of the following describes the status of the Backup Scram Valves when tht

Reactor Operator moves the "Reset" switch to the right?

Both Backup Scram Valves should be ...

-

A. energized and OPEN.

B! de-energized and CLOSED.

C. energized and CLOSED.

D. de-energized and OPEN.

References: OPL171.028 Rev.13 pg 22

A,C and D are incorrect since the Backup Scram Valves should be de-energized and

CLOSED.

B. Correct answer.

ROTier:

T2G1

Keyword

RPS

Source:

N

Test:

C

SRO Tier:

T2G1

Cog Level: MEM 3.4/3.4

Exam:

BF02301

Mix:

TCK

Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:35 AM

13

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

13. 214000K4.01001

Which ONE of the following statements is describes the operation of the Rod Position

Information System (RPIS)?

A! If both of the S52 and SO0 normal full-in reed switches are closed the full core

display will be backlit green and display 00.

B. The S48 full-out digital display reed switches also supply rod position input signals

to the "CONTROL ROD OVERTRAVEL" alarm.

C. On an uncoupled control rod, the full core display will show position 49 and no red

backlight if the rod is withdrawn to the overtravel position.

D. When a CRD is driven beyond the full-in position the S51 over-travel reed switch

will be actuated. The full-core digital display for that rod will display 00 and be

backlit green.

References: OPLl71.029 Rev. 9 pg 19 and 20.

A. Correct answer.

B. Incorrect since the S50 switch provided indication for Rod Overtravel.

C. Incorrect since there is no position indication for an uncoupled control rod.

D. Incorrect since overtravel beyond full-in is --.

ROTier:

T2G2

SRO Tier:

T2G2

Keyword

RF'IS SYSTEM

Cog Level: MEM 3.0/3.1

Source:

B

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:35 AM

14

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

14. 215004K4.01 001

I

A reactor startup is in progress on Unit 2 with the following conditions:

Mode Switch is in START/HOT STBY

IRM A is on range 2 with all other IRMs on range 3

The SRMs are partially withdrawn

SRM count rate ranges between 80 and 90 cps

~

-

The Reactor Operator attempts to withdraw control rod 24-33 but it will not move.

Which ONE of the following is the reason why the rod cannot be withdrawn?

A. SRM Downscale rod block.

BY Detector Wrong Position rod block.

C. SRM Hi rod block.

D. SRM hop rod block.

L

References: OPL171.019 Rev.6 pg 21 and 22

Enabling Objective OPL171.019 #8

A. Incorrect since the SRM downscale rod block is <5 cps.

B. Correct answer.

C. Incorrect since the SRM Hi rod block is 6.8 X I O 4

D. Incorrect since SRMs are not INOP.

ROTier:

T2Gl

SRO Tier:

T2G1

Keyword

SRM

Cog Level: CIA 3.713.7

Source:

N

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:35 AM

15

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

15. 215005K3.01001

Which ONE of the following Mode Switch position and Nuclear Instrumentation signal

combinations will cause ONLY a REACTOR CHANNEL "A" AUTO SCRAM?

A.* RUN; 2/4 Voter A I in TEST.

B. STARTUP; 2/4 Voter B2 in TEST.

C. RUN; IRM "G" Upscale.

D. STARTUP; Channel 2 OPRM PBA Trip and Channel 4 OPRM GBA Trip.

I

References: Tech Specs 3.3.1.1-1 pg 3.3-7 and 3.3-8

OPL171.148 Rev.7 pg 24-56

A. Correct answer.

B. Only required in Mode 1.

C. Incorrect since IRM Hi does not generate trip with Mode Switch in Run.

D. Only required in Mode 1.

ROTier:

T2G1

SRO Tier:

T2G1

Keyword

APRM

Cog Level: MEM 4.014.0

Source:

B

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:35 AM

16

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

16. 216000A2.14 001

During a startup the operators begin to raise recirculation pump flow.

How does raising recirc flow from 50% to 65% affect the Panel 9-5 RPV level

indicators?

A,' Emergency range indicated level will trend downward.

8. Narrow range indicated level will trend upward.

C. Emergency range indicated level will trend upward.

D. Narrow range indicated level will trend downward.

U-068-NO-03

ROTier:

T2G1

SRO Tier:

T2G1

Keyword

LEVEL INSTRUMENTS

Cog Level: CIA2.912.9

Source:

B

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:35 AM

17

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

17. 217000K2.02 001

Unit 2 is operating at 100% RTP when the 250VDC Reactor MOV Board B Logic Bus A

de-energizes. An operator has been sent to investigate and reports that the feed

breaker has failed.

Which ONE of the following describes the operation of HPCl and RClC if reactor water

level decreases to - 4 5 under these conditions?

A. HPCl and RClC will both automatically initiate but will not auto isolate if needed.

B! HPCl will automatically initiate but will not auto isolate if needed and RClC will not

automatically initiate.

C. Both HPCl and RClC will not initiate automatically but may be operated manually.

D. HPCl will not automatically initiate and RClC will automatically initiate but will not

auto isolate if needed.

References: 2-ARP-9-3F pg 4

2-ARP-9-3C pg 2

A. Incorrect since RClC initiation logic will not work.

B. Correct answer.

C. Incorrect since HPCl will still initiate automatically.

D. Incorrect since HPCl will automatically initiate and RClC will NOT automatically

initiate.

NOTE: RClC and HPCl recieve an initiation signal when RWL reaches -45.

ROTier:

T2G1

SRO Tier:

T2G1

Keyword

RCIC SYSTEM

Cog Level: CIA 2.812.9

Source:

N

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Mix:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:35 AM

18

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

18. 218000K6.06 001

I

Various electrical malfunctions have occurred on Unit 2. Existing conditions are as

noted:

- 480V S/D Bd 2A deenergized

- 480V RMOV Bd 2C deenergized

- 250V RMOV Bd 28 deenergized

Which ONE of the following identifies the systems that are still available?

A. ADS, HPCI, RClC

B. CS Loop I, RHR I, RClC

C. RHR Loop I, ADS, HPCI

D I CS Loop 11, RHR Loop 11, HPCI

ROTier:

TZGI

SRO Tier:

T2G1

Keyword

480V DISTRIBUTION

Cog Level: CIA 3.413.6

Source:

B

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

Tuesday, January 21,2003 0841:35 AM

19

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

19. 223001A2.11001

Unit 3 is being shutdown due to Suppression Chamber water level outside the Tech

Spec operating band. The following conditions exist for Unit 3:

Reactor Power

23% RTP

Suppression Chamber level

Current Time

0800

Drywell Pressure

1.5 psig (venting)

15 feet increasing at 1 ft/15 minutes

Predict which ONE of the following actions will be required per EOI-2 Primary

Containment Control.

(Refer to EOI-2 Primary Containment Control)

A. Be in Mode 3 within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> and in Mode 4 within 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />.

B. Scram the reactor and lower RPV pressure e900 psig by 0830.

C. Commence Emergency Depressurization when Suppression Chamber level

exceeds 18 feet.

D. Scram the reactor and secure venting the containment.

References: EOI-2 Primary Containment Control Rev.6

A. Incorrect since EOI-2 doesnt direct when to be in Mode 3 or Mode 4.

B. Correct answer.

C. Incorrect since when the 18 ft level is reached then EOI-2 directs you to determine if

the Curve 4 parameters can be maintained in the safe region.

D. Incorrect since EOI-2 doesnt direct securing containment venting.

ROTier:

T2G1

SRO Tier:

T2G1

Keyword:

SUPPRESSION CHAMBER

Cog Level: CIA 3.613.8

Source:

N

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 06:41:36 AM

20

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

20. 223002K3.16 001

Unit 3 is in a refueling outage with Shutdown Cooling in operation on RHR Sys II. A

spurious Group II isolation is initiated by the Instrument Techs while performing a

surveillance. All isolation actions operate as designed.

Which ONE of the following describes the actions to take to allow re-opening

3-FCV-74-67, RHR SYS 11 LPCl INBD INJECT VLV?

A. Isolation signal has been reset AND either Shutdown Cooling Suction Valve is fully

closed.

B. RHR SYS II SD CLG INBD INJECT ISOL RESET pushbutton is depressed followed

by the group II isolation signal being reset.

CY Either Shutdown Cooling Suction Valve fully closed followed by the RHR SYS II SD

CLG INBD INJECT ISOL RESET pushbutton being depressed.

D. RHR SYS II SD CLG INBD INJECT ISOL RESET pushbutton is depressed followed

by either Shutdown Cooling Suction Valve being fully closed.

References: 3-01-74 Rev.52 pf 12

Enabling Objective OPL171.044 Rev.10 #B10

A. Incorrect since RHR SYS II SD CLG INBD INJECT ISOL RESET pushbutton must

be depressed after either of the listed conditions clears.

B. Incorrect since RHR SYS II SD CLG INBD INJECT ISOL RESET pushbutton must

be depressed AFTER the condition clears.

C. Correct answer.

D. Incorrect since RHR SYS II SD CLG INBD INJECT ISOL RESET pushbutton must

be depressed AFTER the condition clears.

ROTier:

T2G1

Keyword

RHR SYSTEM

Source:

N

Test:

C

SRO Tier:

T2G1

Cog Level: CIA 3.213.3

Exam:

BF02301

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:36 AM

21

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

21. 226001K1.09 001

Unit 3 is at 90% RTP when a LOCA occurs. The following conditions are present in thf

Containment:

Drywell Pressure

12.5 psig

Drywell Temperature

260°F

Suppression Pool Level

16 ft

Suppression Pool Temperature 150°F

The Unit Supervisor has ordered Drywell Sprays to be initiated per EO/-2, Primary

Confainment Control.

Which ONE of the following describes the affect on Containment when Drywell Sprays

are initiated? (Assume Suppression Chamber sprays have been initiated)

A. A large rapid reduction in Drywell pressure followed by the opening of the Reactor

Building to Suppression Chamber vacuum breakers followed by the opening of the

Suppression Chamber to Drywell vacuum breakers.

9. A slow reduction in Drywell pressure followed by the opening of the Reactor

Building to Suppression Chamber vacuum breakers followed by the opening of the

Suppression Chamber to Drywell vacuum breakers.

C. A slow reduction in Drywell pressure followed by the opening of the Suppression

Chamber to Drywell vacuum breakers followed by the opening of the Reactor

Building to Suppression Chamber vacuum breakers.

DY A large rapid reduction in Drywell pressure followed by the opening of the

Suppression Chamber to Drywell vacuum breakers followed by the opening of the

Reactor Building to Suppression Chamber vacuum breakers.

References: OPL171.044 Rev.10 pg 59

A. Incorrect since the Suppression Chamber to Drywell vacuum breakers open first.

9. Incorrect since the pressure reduction is rapid due to mainly steam in the Drywell.

C. Incorrect since the pressure reduction is rapid due to mainly steam in the Drywell.

D. Correct answer.

Tuesday, January 21.2003 08:41:36

AM

22

RO Tier:

Keyword:

Source:

Test:

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

T2G2

SUPPRESSION CHAMBER

N

C

SRO Tier:

T2G1

Cog Level: CIA 3.0/3.1

Exam:

BF02301

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:36 AM

23

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

22. 233000K1.02 001

Which ONE of the following is CORRECT regarding RHR Supplemental Fuel Pool

Cooling?

A. The RHR pumps are preferred for use in this mode over the RHR drain pumps.

B. RHR Drain Pump B cannot be used to provide flow.

CY Should only be used when required to maintain Fuel Pool temperature below

-

.-

125°F.

D. RHR pump suction is taken from the fuel pool cooling pump discharge line.

References: OPLI 71.052 page 25

2-01-74 Rev. 107 pg 94

Enabling Objective #6

A. Incorrect since the drain pumps are preferred for use over the RHR pumps.

B. Incorrect since RHR Drain Pump B can be used for this function.

C. Correct answer.

D. Incorrect since the suction is taken from the Skimmer Surge Tank outlet.

Changed the correct answer to a totally different answer.

ROTier:

T2G3

SRO Tier:

T2G3

Keyword

FUEL POOL COOLING

Cog Level: MEM 2.9/3.0

Source:

M

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:36 AM

24

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

23. 239001K5 08 001

DC power has been lost to a MSIV solenoid valve.

Which ONE of the following describes the effect on the MSIV?

A. The valve will close if open.

B.' The valve will remain open if open.

C. The valve cannot be opened if closed.

D. The slow closure capability of the valve is lost.

~

References: OPLl71.009 Rev.8 pg 26

NOTE: Modified the stem slightly and reordered answers.

A. Incorrect since the AC and DC solenoids must de-energize to close the valve.

B. Correct answer.

C. Incorrect since only ONE of the solenoid valves must be energized to operate the

valve.

D. Incorrect since the solenoid valves do not affect the testing circuit.

ROTier:

T2G2

Keyword

MAIN STEAM

Source:

B

Test:

C

SRO Tier:

T2G3

Cog Level: MEM 2612.7

Exam:

BF02301

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:36 AM

25

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

24. 239002K5.04 001

The following plant conditions exist:

Reactor Power

100% RTP

Reactor Pressure

1000 psig

Safety Relief Valve (SRV) 1-4 has lifted and failed to reseat.

Which ONE of the following SRV tailpipe temperatures would you expect to see on the

SRV that failed to close? (References attached)

A. 212°F

B. 290°F

C. 345°F

D. 545°F

JUSTIFICATION

A. Incorrect since this is saturation temperature for steam at tailpipe pressure

(atmospheric).

B. Correct answer. This is a throttling process and is therefore isenthalpic.

C. 340°F would be incorrectly determined if the candidate considered the process to be

isenthalpic to the saturation line, then followed the constant superheat line to

atmospheric pressure.

D. Incorrect since this is saturation temperature for reactor pressure.

ROTier:

T2G1

Keyword

RELIEF VALVE

Source:

B

Test:

C

SRO Tier:

T2G1

Cog Level: CIA 3.313.5

Exam:

BF02301

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 0841 :36 AM

26

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

25. 241000A4.11001

Which ONE of the following is the controlling parameter that is illuminated on the

Turbine Control Panel during a turbine roll to 1800 rpm?

A. Valve position.

~

~

~

~~~~~~

~~

~

.

~

~~

~~~~

~

~~

~

B. Pressure.

C.' Speed.

D. Load.

-

References: OPLl71.228 Rev. 0 pg

Enabling Objective OPL171.228 #9

A, B and D are incorrect since SPEED is the controlling parameter until the turbine

reaches "AT SET SPEED".

C. Correct answer.

ROTier:

T2G1

Keyword:

EHC SYSTEM

Source:

B

Test:

C

SRO Tier:

T2G1

Cog Level: CIA 3.113.1

Exam:

BF02301

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:36 AM

27

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

26. 245000K5.03 001

The main turbine shell is being warmed in accordance with GOI-100-IA, Unit Startup

and Power Operation and 01-47, Turbine Generator System.

Which one of the following is the correct turbine valve configuration?

CONTROL VALVES

STOP VALVES

INTRCPT STOPS

INTRCPT CONTROL

A. Fullopen

1,3 & 4 closed

Full closed

Full open

(# 2 BP open)

BY Full open

1,3 & 4 closed

Full closed

Full closed

(#2 BP open)

C. Full closed

Full closed

Full open

Full open

D. Fullopen

Full open

Full open

Full closed

Taskno: U-047-NO-02

ROTier:

T2G2

SRO Tier:

T2G2

Keyword

TURBINE CONTROLS

Cog Level: CIA2.612.6

Source:

B

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

Tuesday, January 21,2003 06:41:36 AM

28

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

27. 259001A1.01 001

Unit 2 is at 100% RTP. A heater tube leak activates alarm 2-LA-6-4, HEATER A2

LEVEL HIGH. The Operator checks the ICs screen and verifies a valid HIGH HIGH

(Red) level. Heater level continues to rise.

Whigh ONE of the following describes the required Operator action and the response

of the plant?

A? The Operator should be directed reduce Core Thermal Power and verify 2A2 heatei

high level dump valve to the main condenser OPENS.

6. The Operator should be directed to hold power constant and verify the 2A2 high

level dump valve to the heater drain cooler OPENS.

C. The Operator should be directed to reduce Core Thermal Power and verify HP

Heater 2A1 extraction isolation valve is OPEN.

D. The Operator should be directed to hold power constant and verify the drain inle

flow from the 2A2 heater to the 2A1 heater is isolated.

References: 2-ARP-9-6A Rev.16 pg 10

Note: Modified from a question on the last exam.

A. Correct answer.

B. Incorrect since core thermal power should be lowered.

C. Incorrect since the drain for the 2A2 heater to the 2A1 heater should be open.

D. Incorrect since core thermal power should be lowered.

ROTier:

T2G1

Keyword

FEEDWATER HEATERS

Source:

M

Test:

C

SRO Tier:

T2G2

Cog Level: CIA 3.313.3

Exam:

BF02301

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 0841:37 AM

29

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

28. 262001K4.06 001

Unit 2 is operating at 100% RTP.

-A combination of errors cause an inadvertent Group 1 and Group 4 isolation.

-A loss of I&C 2A also occurs. Panel 9-9 cabinet 2 does not transfer.

-Reactor Water Level is currently at 22".

-The causing event for the group isolations is-quickly corrected, however I&C

-cannot be restored.

Which ONE of the following lists the systems that can be utilized immediately to restore

reactor water level?

A. RClC and CRD only.

B.' HPCl , RClC and CRD.

C. Core Spray, HPCI, and RCIC.

D. Reactor Feed Pumps, RClC and CRD.

References: 2-AOI-57-5A, Rev. 37 pg 2 and 3

Bank question - Revised answers slightly and reworded last portion of

stem.

A. Incorrect since HPCl is also available for injection since the Group 4 isolation is able

to be reset even with a loss of I&C A.

B. Correct answer.

C. Incorrect since Core Spray cannot be used with reactor at normal operating

pressure.

D. Incorrect since Reactor Feedwater Pumps are not available due to Group 1 isolation

not being able to be reset until I&C A is restored.

ROTier:

T2G2

SRO Tier:

T2G1

Keyword

AC DISTRIBUTION

Cog Level: CIA 3.613.9

Source:

B

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Mix:

TCK

Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:37 AM

30

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

29. 262002K6.02 001

Unit 2 UPS Distribution Bus Battery Board 2 Panel 11 has just de-energized.

Which ONE of the following-describes the effect this has on the equipment that is

supplied by Panel 9-9 Cabinet 6?

A. The equipment is de-energized until power to Panel 9-9 Cabinet 6 is manually

transferred to Batt Bd 3 Panel 11.

B. The equipment is de-energized until power is restored to Batt Bd 2 Panel 11.

Cy The equipment remains energized due to power supply to Panel 9-9 Cabinet 6 auto

transfers to Batt Bd 3 Panel 11.

D. The equipment remains energized due to MMG power supply automatically

transferring to its 250VDC supply.

References: OPL171 .I02 Rev.4 pg 14 and 15

Enabling Objective OPL171.102 #2a and 2b

A. Incorrect since the equipment remains energized due to auto transfer.

B. Incorrect since the equipment remains energized due to auto transfer.

C. Correct answer.

d. Incorrect since the MMG set power supply does not affect the power to Panel 9-9.

ROTier:

T2G2

Keyword

480V DISTRIBUTION

Source:

N

Test:

C

SRO Tier:

T2G2

Cog Level: MEM 2.813.1

Exam:

BF02301

Mix:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003

08:41:37 AM

31

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

30. 263000K1.04 001

The Unit 2 Unit Operator receives alarm BATBD 2 BKR TR/POUT/FUSE BLOWN OR

GROUND.

Which ONE of the following describes where the Field Operator would be sent to check

for a ground?

A. Battery Board Room No. 2,250V Charger 2A panel.

B. 250V DC Distribution Panel SBA.

CY Battery Board Room No. 2, Panel 1.

D. 4KV Shutdown Bd 250V DC Distribution Panel SD9EB.

References: 2-ARP-9-8C Page 8 Tile #7

0-01-57D Rev.62 Pg 42,46 and 47.

C. Correct answer.

A, B and D. Plausible distractors.

ROTier:

T2G2

SRO Tier:

T2G2

Keyword

GROUND DETECTION

Cog Level MEM 2.6/2.9

Source:

N

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:37 AM

32

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

31. 264000A1.03 001

Diesel Generator 3A is synchronized to 4KV Shut Down Board 3A. The

instrumentation readings for the diesel generator are as follows:

~

.

~

~~~~~

~~~~

~~~~

.

~

.~

~

~

voltage: 41 60 VAC

frequency = 59.8

vars = 1600 Kvars

watts = 2585 KW

oil temp = 145°F

.~

~

. .

. . , ,

..

. .

current = 340 amps

. .>.

I.

... . .

-

~

.

.

.~

Which ONE of the following actions are required if the diesel is expected to be

operated for an extended period?

A. The operator must take the voltage regulator control switch to raise to avoid

excessive stator currents.

B. The operator must take the voltage regulator control switch to lower to avoid

excessive stator currents.

C. The operator must take the governor control switch to lower to avoid excessive field

current.

DY The operator must take the governor control switch to raise to avoid excessive field

current.

References: 01-82

OPL171.038 Rev. 9, page 31

ROTier:

T2G1

SRO Tier: '1'2G1

Keyword

DIESEL GENERATOR

Cog Level: CIA2.8I2.9

Source:

B

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:42:37 AM

33

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

32. 268000A4.01001

Given the following information along with 2-SR-2, lnsfrumenf Checks and Observation

Rev.29 pg 20:

Unit 2 has been at 100% RTP for 3 weeks.

Current 2-FQ-77-6 Reading at 0800

Previous Days 2-FQ-77-6 Reading at 0800

Previous Days Leakrate

-

.34 gpm

Which ONE of the following describes the status of the LEAKAGE limits?

A. No limits are being exceeded.

B.* Increase in unidentified LEAKAGE limit is being exceeded.

63624.3

63125.4

C. Unidentified LEAKAGE limit is being exceeded.

D. Increase in unidentifed LEAKAGE and unidentified LEAKAGE limit are both being

exceeded.

References: 2-SR-2 Rev.29 pg 20

A. Incorrect since increase in LEAKAGE limit is being exceeded at 3.12 gpm. Limit is

- 2 gpm. If use decimal point when subtracting readings then this would be the answer

that the student would get. Procedure says to ignore decimal point.

B. Correct answer. Increase in LEAKAGE is at 3.12 gpm and limit is 5 2 gpm.

C. Incorrect since the increase in LEAKAGE is the only limit not met.

D. Incorrect since the increase in LEAKAGE is the only limit not met.

ROTier:

T2G3

SRO Tier:

T2G3

Keyword

LEAKAGE LIMITS

Cog Level: CIA 3.413.6

Source:

N

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21.2003 08:41:37 AM

34

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

33. 271000K3.02 001

Which ONE of the following describes the effect on Offsite Release Rates and the

reason why if the Off-Gas System Glycol pumps fail?

A.' Offsite Release Rates will INCREASE due to the Charcoal Adsorbers becor

less efficient.

B. Offsite Release Rates will DECREASE due to better H202 Recombination.

C. Offsite Release Rates will INCREASE due to the Off-Gas Condenser becon

efficient.

'C

lg .2ss

D. Offsite Release Rates will DECREASE due to the Charcoal Adsorbers becoming

more efficient.

References: OPL171.030 Rev. 13 Pg 29 and 31

A. Correct answer. The glycol cools the Cooler Condenser which is used to remove

moisture from the gases entering the Charcoal Adsorbers. Water is a poison to the

adsorbers so if the gases contain more moisture then the adsorbers are less efficient.

B. Incorrect since the glycol system has no affect on the Recombiners.

C. Incorrect since the Condensate System supplies cooling to the Off-Gas condenser.

D. Incorrect since the Charcoal Adsorbers become less efficient.

ROTier:

T2G2

Keyword

OFF-GAS SYSTEM

Source:

N

Test:

C

SRO Tier:

T2G2

Cog Level: CIA 3.313.9

Exam:

BF02301

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:37 AM

35

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

3 4 . 2 8

The following conditions currently exist on Unit 2:

- A fire at one station service transformer has actuated the water spray system.

- Fire header pressure has been 11 5 psig for 35 seconds after the spray system

actuated.

-All system controls are in a normal lineup.

.

Based on these conditions, the diesel fire pump ....

A. and all three electric fire pumps are operating.

B. and two of the three electric fire pumps are operating.

CY is in standby and all three electric fire pumps are operating.

D. and two electric fire pumps are in standby; the selected electric fire pump is

operating.

References: OPL171.049 Rev. 12 pg 43

Enabling Objective (HLT) 5

0-01-26 Rev. 55 pg 10

A. Incorrect since the diesel fire pump doesn't start until 45 seconds after pressure is

below 120#.

B. Incorrect since the diesel fire pump doesn't start until 45 seconds after pressure is

below 120#.

C. Correct answer.

D. Incorrect since all of the electric fire pumps should be running.

ROTier:

T2G2

SRO Tier:

T2G2

Keyword

FIRE PROTECTION

Cog Level: CIA 3.413.4

Source:

M

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:37 AM

36

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

35. 290001A3.01001

Which ONE of the following conditions will cause the Reactor Bldg ventilation fans to

trip and isolate?

A. Reactor water level reaches +I4 inches on a scram.

~~

~

B. Drywell pressure reaches 2.3 psig before the Drywell can be vented.

Cy Reactor Bldg static pressure reaches +.6 inches of water due to high winds.

D. Reactor Zone exhaust duct radiation level reaches 62 mWhr due to a steam leak.

~

~

~

References: OPL171.016 Rev.12 pg 62 and 63

A. Incorrect since the isolation setpoint for RWL is +I

1.2".

B. Incorrect since the isolation setpoint for Drywell High pressure is +2.45 psig.

C. Correct answer.

D. Incorrect since the isolation setpoint for exhaust duct hi rads is 72 mWhr.

ROTier:

T2G2

SRO Tier:

T2G1

Keyword

SECONDARY CONTAINMEN

Cog Level: MEM 3.914.0

Source:

N

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:37 AM

37

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

36. 290002K4.03 001

Which ONE of the following describes the design and purpose of the orificing in the

lower section of the reactor core?

A. All orifices are the same size to ensure all bundles have the same flow.

B. The interior bundles have more orifices to ensure equalized core flow at high power

levels.

C. Center portions of the core have smaller orifices to ensure the neutron

thermalization is equalized across the core.

D. The outer portions of the core have smaller orifices to ensure adequate cooling in

the interior fuel bundles at high power levels.

References: OPLl71.002 Rev5 pg 24-26

Enabling Objective OPL171.002 #2

A. Incorrect since all orifices are not the same size.

B. Incorrect since more orifices are not provided but larger orifices are provided.

C. Incorrect since center orifices are larger than outer orifices.

D. Correct answer.

ROTier:

T2G3

Keyword

VESSEL INTERNALS

Source:

B

Test:

C

SRO Tier:

T2G3

Cog Level: MEM 3.2/3.3

Exam:

BF02301

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:38 AM

38

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

37. 295002AA1.05 001

The following plant conditions exist on Unit 2:

- Reactor mode switch:

STARTUPlHOT STANDBY

- Main turbine:

Shell warming

- Feedwater lineup:

RFP A maintaining level in single element

7

Which ONE of the following statements describes the expected sequence of actions as

a condensate system leak causes condenser vacuum to decrease from 24 inches Hg

Vacuum to atmospheric pressure?

A. The RFP turbine trips, then later, the turbine bypass valves close, followed by a

reactor scram on low condenser vacuum.

B. The RFP turbine trips and the main turbine bypass valves close at the same time,

then later, the Main Turbine trips.

C! The Main Turbine trips, then later, the RFP turbine trips and the main turbine

bypass valves close at the same time.

D. The Main Turbine trips and the reactor scrams in response to the turbine trip, then

later, the RFP turbine trips and Main Turbine bypass valves close at the same time.

JUSTIFICATION

a.

b.

C.

Correct answer.

d.

There is no reactor scram on low main condenser vacuum.

A true statement at 7" Hg Vac; however, this is preceded by a main turbine trip at 21" Hg

Vac.

The reactor won't trip on a turbine trip below 30% RTP.

ROTier:

T1G2

Keyword

MAIN TURBINE

Source:

B

Test:

C

SROTier:

T1G2

Cog Level: CIA 3.213.2

Exam:

BF02301

Misc:

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:38 AM

39

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

38. 295003AK1.02 001

Unit 2 is at 100% power and has a special test in progress with the C DIG tied to 4KV

SD Bd C as the sole source. The following occurs:

MSlVs go closed due to high steam tunnel temperature.

All rods do not insert.

Reactor pressure is 800 psig.

Reactor power is 2.5%.

Reactor level is -45".

If reactor water level decreased to -122 inches, which ONE of the following describes

the effect this would have on the RBCCW system?

A:

Both pumps trip, 2A will auto restart in 40 seconds.

B. RBCCW pump 2B will trip, pump 2A not effected.

C. Both pumps trip and auto restart in 40 seconds.

D. No effect on the system,

References: OPL171.072 Rev. 8 pg 7 & 15

Enabling Objective OPL171.072 #4

Bank Question - Comment: 480V load shed will occur due to C diesel,

only 2A pump auto restarts.

A. Correct answer since the D/G is the sole power supply to the Shutdown Board and

water level reaches 122".

B. Incorrect since both pumps trip and the 2A restarts after 40 seconds.

C. Incorrect since the 2B pump restarts automatically only if the 2A pump fails to start.

D. Incorrect since the RBCCW pumps trip due to D/G tied to the Shutdown Board and

water level reaches -122".

ROTier:

T1G2

SROTier:

TlGl

Keyword

LOAD SHED

Cog Level: CIA 3.113.2

Source:

B

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:38 AM

40

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

39. 295004AA1.03 001

Unit 2 was operating at 100% power when a reactor scram occurrs. The following

plant conditions exist:

Main turbine is tripped.

Main generator PCBs are closed.

Position indication for DC powered RClC valves is out.

CORE SPRAY SYS I LOGIC POWER FAILURE annunciator is lit.

Which ONE of the following is the likely cause of this event?

A. Loss of 250 VDC RMOV Bd "A.

BY Loss of 250 VDC RMOV Bd "B".

C. Loss of 250 VDC RMOV Bd "c".

D. Loss of 250 VDC Turb Bldg Dist. Bd 2.

References: 2-ARP-9-8C #I

1

0-01-57D Rev.

This is a bank question. B is the correct answer. Not verified yet.

ROTier:

T1G2

SRO Tier:

T1G2

Keyword

250 VDC

Cog Level: MEM 3.2V3.5

Source:

B

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Mix:

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:38 AM

41

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

40. 295007AK1.01 001

Unit 2 has scrammed with the following conditions present:

All rods inserted.

Reactor pressure

475 psig

Reactor water level

+53"

Shutdown Board " A de-energized

MSIV's open

Which ONE of the following lists the systems able to inject at this time?

A. HPCI, RCIC, 2A CRD Pump.

B. Reactor Feedwater Pumps, 1 B CRD Pump, SLC.

CY SLC, Reactor Feedwater Pumps, 2A CRD Pump.

D. Core Spray, RHR, HPCI.

References: OPL171.026 Rev.11 pg 25

OPLl71.040 Rev.18 pg 27

OPL171.042 Rev.16 pg 41

OPL171.044 Rev.10 pg 26

OPL171.045 Rev.11 pg 15

A. Incorrect since HPCl and RCIC are isolated due to reactor high water level.

B. Incorrect since 1B CRD Pp does not have power.

C. Correct answer,

D. Incorrect since Core Spray and RHR injection permissive is 450# and HPCl is

isolated due to high reactor water level.

ROTier:

TlGl

SROTier:

TlGl

Keyword

REACTOR LEVEL

Cog Level: CIA 2.913.2

Source:

N

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:38 AM

42

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

41. 295008AK1.02 001

The Unit 3 reactor has received a spurious scram signal. During recovery actions the

crew identifies that reactor water level is + I 17 inches. Reactor pressure is stable at

780 psig.

Based on this condition, which ONE of the following actions should the operators

immediately perform?

-

A. Reduce reactor water level using RWCU.

B. Trip any operating CRD pump.

C. Isolate HPCI and RCIC.

D: Close the MSIVs.

I

References: 3-01-1 Rev. 0017 pg 6

Added reactor pressure in the stem for clarification.

A. Incorrect since this does not need to be performed immediately. Throttle

condensate or trip RFPs as necessary to control RWL.

B. Incorrect since CRD mechanisms still need to be cooled. Procedures direct to

secure feedwater along with other injection systems.

C. Incorrect since these systems should have isolated on Hi water level.

D. Correct answer since the water level is above the main steam lines and reactor

pressure is greater than 50 psig.

ROTier:

T1G2

Keyword

MSIV

Source:

B

Test:

C

SRO Tier:

T1G2

Cog Level: CIA 2.812.8

Exam:

BF02301

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:38 AM

43

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

42. 295009AK2.01001

Unit 2 is making preparations to perform a startup after a maintenance outage.

Reactor vessel level is being maintained at +33" with Shutdown Cooling still in service.

Both Recirc Pumps are on at minimum speed.

Which ONE of the following is the most accurate level indicator under these

conditions?

A. LI 3-53 (0 to +60) on the 9-5 panel.

B. LI 3-58A (-155 to +60) on the 9-5 panel.

C.' LI 3-55 (0 to +400) on the 9-3 panel.

D. LI 3-52 (-268 to +32) on the 9-3 panel.

References: OPL171.003 Rev. 15 pg 19-21

A. Incorrect since instrument is calibrated at normal operating temperatures and

pressures.

8. Incorrect since instrument is calibrated at normal operating temperatures and

pressures.

C. Correct answer since the instrument is calibrated under cold conditions.

D. Incorrect since level band does not reach +33 inches.

ROTier:

TlGl

SRO Tier:

TlGl

Keyword

LEVEL INSTRUMENTS

Cog Level: CIA 3.914.0

Source:

N

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:39 AM

44

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

43. 295010AA1.01 001

Which ONE of the following conditions would prevent the Drywell Air Cooler fans from

operating?

A. Drywell pressure at 2.25 psig with reactor pressure at 435 psig.

B. Reactor water level at -1 10" with reactor pressure at 425 psig.

C. Reactor water level at +I"

with reactor pressure at 475 psig.

D.' Drywell pressure at 2.55 psig with reactor pressure at 440 psig.

References: OPL171.016 Rev.12 pg 70

OPLl71.045 Rev.11 pg 12

A. Incorrect since Drywell pressure is below 2.45 psig.

B. Incorrect since Reactor water level is greater than -122".

C. Incorrect since Reactor water level is greater than -122" and pressure is greater than

450 psig.

D. Correct answer since Drywell pressure is greater than 2.45 psig and Reactor

pressure is less than 450 psig.

ROTier:

TlGl

SROTier:

TlGl

Keyword:

DRYWELL COOLING

Cog Level: MEM 3N4.0

Source:

N

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:39 AM

45

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

44. 295012AK2.01 001

The Unit 2 Reactor Operator notices that the Drywell Temperature is increasing slowly

as reactor power is increased. He verifies the normal Drywell Cooling Units are in

operation on Panel 2-9-25.

Which ONE of the following indicates the normal lineup of the Drywell Cooler Fans and

the Drywell temperature that should be maintained?

A. 3 of 5 cooling units in each train should be operating and attempting to maintain

B: 4 of 5 cooling units in each train should be operating and attempting to maintain

Drywell temperature less than or equal to 150°F.

Drywell temperature less than or equal to 135°F.

C. All the Drywell cooling units should be in operation and attempting to maintain

Drywell temperature less than or equal to 135°F.

D. 4 of 5 cooling units in each train should be operating and attempting to maintain

Drywell temperature less than or equal to 150°F.

References: 2-01-64 Rev.74 pg 13

A. Incorrect since 4 of 5 coolers should be operating in each train trying to maintain

temp less than 135°F.

B. Correct answer.

C. Incorrect since 4 of 5 coolers should be operating in each train trying to maintain

temp less than 135°F.

D. Incorrect since the coolers should be trying to maintain temp less than 135°F.

ROTier:

T1G2

SRO Tier:

T1G2

Keyword

DRYWELL COOLING

Cog Level: MEM 3.413.5

Source:

N

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:40 AM

46

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

45. 295013AK3.02 001

Which ONE of the following describes why the reactor must be shutdown immediately i

the Suppression Pool temperature reaches >I

1 O"F?

A. To ensure that the design pressure of 56 psig is not reached during a Design Basis

Accident.

-

B:' To ensure that the pool is not heated beyond design limits by the steam generated

if the reactor is not shutdown.

C. To maintain HPCl and RCIC OPERABLE since they exhaust into the suppression

pool.

D. This ensures that the non-condensibles will remain in the suppression pool air

space following a Design Basis Accident.

References: Tech Spec Bases 3.6.2.1, Suppression Pool Average Temperature

pg B 3.6-57.

A. Incorrect since the design pressure that is being protected is 62 psig.

B. Correct answer.

C. Incorrect since pool temperature does not affect the operation of HPCl and RCIC.

D. Incorrect since the temperature limit also ensures that complete steam condensation

occurs.

ROTier:

TIG2

SROTier:

TlGl

Keyword

SUPPRESSION CHAMBER

Cog Level: MEM 3.613.8

Source:

N

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:40 AM

47

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

46. 295014AA1.03 001

A startup is in progress with the RWM bypassed. A shift turnover has just been

completed when the on coming peer check notices that two rods in RWM Group 6

(16-48) are at position 16 and the operator is pulling rods in Group 16.

Which ONE of the following describes the proper action to take?

~

A. Insert a manual scram.

B. Verify no indications of fuel damage and continue withdrawal of rods.

C.' Stop rod withdrawal and notify the Shift Manager, Shift Technical Advisor,

-

.- ___

Operations Superintendent, and Reactor Engineer.

D. With the concurrence of the Reactor Engineer and Shift Manager withdraw the

control rods to their required position and continue the startup.

References: 2-AOl-85-7, Section 4.2.1-4.2.3, rev. 14

A. Incorrect since this is not a required action.

6. Incorrect since must recover mispositioned control rods prior to normal rod

withdrawal.

C. Correct answer. Operator must determine that control rod is mispositioned

otherwise he doesn't notify the Operations Superintendent.

D. Incorrect since must notify other individuals prior to withdrawing mispositioned

control rods to their correct position.

Note: Reworded stem slightly and reordered answers.

ROTier:

TlGl

SROTier:

TlGl

Keyword:

REACTIVITY ADDITION

Cog Level: MEM 3.513.5

Source:

B

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Mix:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:40 AM

48

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

47. 295015AK2.09 001

Unit 3 has received a Scram signal and all of the control rods fully inserted except one

rod is still at position 48.

.

~ ~ ~ . . . ~

~~ ~

.

~

~

-

~~.~

_.

~

~

~~

~~~~

~~

~

A. Verifying the "ONE ROD PERMISSIVE light is lit with the Mode Switch in

Shutdown.

B.' Verifying the "ONE ROD PERMISSIVE" light is out with the Mode Switch in Refuel.

C. Pausing in START/HOT STBY for 5 seconds when moving the Mode Switch to

Refuel.

D. Move the Mode Switch to Shutdown and back to Refuel to look for the "ONE ROD

PERMISSIVE" light to be lit.

References: 3-AOI-100-1 Rev.29 pg 2

A. Incorrect since the ONE ROD PERMISSIVE light should only light with all rods in

and the Mode Switch in Refuel.

B. Correct answer.

C. Incorrect since this action is taken if the scram is due to a loss of RPS.

D. Incorrect since there is no direction to move the Mode Switch back to Refuel once it

is in Shutdown.

ROTier:

TlGl

Keyword

REACTOR SCRAM

Source:

N

Test:

C

SRO Tier:

TlGl

Cog Level MEM 3.5/3.6

Exam:

BF02301

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003

0841 :40 AM

49

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

48. 295016AA1.08 002

The control room has been abandoned.

All MSRV transfer switches at panel 25-32 have been placed in EMERGENCY.

All MSRV control switches at panel 25-32 have been checked in CLOSE.

Which ONE of the following statements below describes the operation of these

MS RVs?

A. The associated ADS valves will open upon receipt of an ADS initiation signal.

B. Any associated ADS valve will open only when its control switch is placed in OPEN.

CY The associated ADS valves will open if their respective pressure relief setpoints are

exceeded.

D. The associated ADS valves will open if their respective control switches on panel

9-3 are placed in OPEN.

References: OPLl71.009 Rev.8 pg 22

Enabling Objective OPLl71.009 #3

A. Incorrect since automatic operation of ADS is prevented with transfer switches in

EMERGENCY.

B. Incorrect since valves will open when the pressure setpoint is reached.

C. Correct answer.

D. Incorrect since function from the 9-3 Panel is prevented with transfer switches in

EMERGENCY.

ROTier:

T1G2

SROTier:

TlGl

Keyword

ADS

Cog Level: MEM 4.014.0

Source:

B

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, Janualy 22,2003 08:41:40 AM

50

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

49. 295018AK3.03 001

Unit 2 is operating at 100% RTP. Alarm "RECIRC PUMP A COOLING WATER FLOW

LOW is received at 8:07 am on 10/22/02. It is confirmed that RBCCW Seal Cooling is

lost to the 2A Recirc Pump but CRD seal purge is still in operation.

Which ONE of the following describes the actions that should be taken and the reason

for that action?

A!

Monitor seal temperatures and no further action is required; the Recirc Pump can

~

-

be operated indefinitely under these conditions.

B. Restore RBCCW seal cooling by 8:14 am or Trip the 2A Recirc Pump; Recirc seal

temperatures will exceed 200°F after 7 minutes.

C. Trip the 2A Recirc Pump immediately; Recirc seal temperatures will exceed 200°F

in a short period of time.

D. Reduce 2A Recirc Pump speed to minimum by 8:14 am; the Recirc Pump can be

operated indefinitely at minimum speed under these conditions.

References: 2-01-68 Rev 91 pg 11

2-ARP-9-4A Rev. 18 pg 37

A. Correct answer.

B. Incorrect since the 7 minute time frame is when both CRD and RBCCW are lost to

the Recirc Pump seals.

C. Incorrect since the Recirc Pump only needs to be tripped if seal cavity temperatures

exceed 200°F.

D. Incorrect since the speed of the Recirc Pump doesn't need to be reduced.

ROTier:

TlGZ

SROTier:

TlGZ

Keyword

RECIRC SYSTEM

Cog Level: CIA 3.113.3

Source:

N

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 0841:40 AM

51

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

50. 295020AA1.03 001

Unit 2 is holding load at 24% RTP after starting up from a refueling outage. Drywell

inerting is in progress per 2-01-76, Containment Inerfing System. A Scram occurs from

Scram Air Header Low Pressure with the following conditions present:

- Oxygen concentration at 7% by volume and decreasing.

- Leak has been isolated.

- Mode Switch is in Shutdown.

- All rods are inserted.

- No entry conditions have been met for the EOl's.

Concerning the Drywell, which ONE of the following describes the status of inerting the

containment?

A. Drywell inerting has been isolated due to a containment isolation when reactor

water level decreased to +O" on the scram.

B. Drywell inerting has been isolated due to the Mode Switch being taken out of Run

on the scram.

C.' Drywell inerting is still in progress since there has not been an isolation signal

processed for this event.

D. Drywell inerting is still in progress but will isolate when the PC PURGE DIV I AND II

RUN MODE BYPASS switches are taken to NORMAL.

References: OPL171.032 Rev.10 pg 14-17

Enabling Objective OPLl71.032 #4

2-01-76 Rev.46 pg 10

A. Incorrect since reactor water level did not reach 0". Stem says no EOl's have been

entered.

B. Incorrect since valves do not close when Mode Switch is taken out of Run.

C. Correct answer.

D. Incorrect since Mode Switch is no longer in Run.

ROTier:

T1G2

SROTier:

T1G2

Keyword

CONTAINMENT

Cog Level: C/A 2.9/3.1

Source:

N

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:40 AM

52

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

51. 295023AK3.02 001

Interlocks or limit switches on the refueling equipment are provided for specific

protective functions.

Which ONE of the following describes these protection devices?

A. The Refueling Interlocks are not required during fuel handling as long as there is a

.~~

.

~~~

~~

.. ~ ~~-

~

..

~

~.~

~

~

. ~~-

~

~~~~

~

~

~

~

~~~~

~

~~~

~

~~~~

,

second qualified individual performing the functions of the interlocks.

B. Jumpering a refueling interlock should not cause the refuel bridge operator any

concern as long as a TACF tag is clearly visible at the controls.

CY Switches and interlocks act as a backup protection rather than principle means for

stopping travel of the refueling equipment.

D. Fuel handlers may rely on limits and interlocks to terminate refuel equipment travel,

as long as they are within their surveillance frequency.

References: 0-GOI-100-3A Rev. 29 pg 14

A. Incorrect because Tech Specs do not allow for a second qualified individual to take

the place of the refueling interlocks.

B. Incorrect since jumpering interlocks is a concern.

C. Correct answer.

D. Incorrect since the operators should not rely on the interlocks.

ROTier:

T1G3

SRO Tier:

TlGl

Keyword

REFUELING

Cog Level: MEM 3.4/3.8

Source:

B

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:40

AM

53

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

52. 295024EK1.01 001

Given the following conditions:

~ -- Suppression-Chamberpessure

- 53.0 psig

-

~

-

- Drywell temperature

350°F

- RPV pressure

425 psig

Which ONE of the following is the reason why the Drywell or the Suppression Chambei

is vented under these conditions irrespective of offsite release rates?

A. Pressure capability of the containment will be reached if Suppression Chamber

pressure reaches 55 psig.

BY The maximum containment pressure that the vent valves can be opened and

closed to reject decay heat will be reached at 55 psig.

C. The maximum containment pressure that the MSRV's can be opened and remain

open will be reached at 55 psig.

D. Chugging is prevented if the containment is vented prior to reaching 55 psig.

References: OPLl71.203 Rev. 5 pg 29 and 36

Enabling Objective OPL171.203 #8

A. Incorrect since the pressure capability of the containment is approx. 100 psig.

B. Correct answer.

C. Incorrect since the pressure limit for the MSRV's is 65 psig.

D. Incorrect since chugging depends on the amount of non condensibles in the

containment.

ROTier:

TlGl

SRO Tier:

TlGl

Keyword

CONTAINMENT

Cog Level: MEM 4.U4.2

Source:

N

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 0841 :41 AM

54

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

53. 295025EK1.06 001

The Unit 2 Mode Switch is in the S/U position with the Unit at normal operating

pressure and temperature following a short maintenance outage. The RVLIS system is

out-of-service at this time. The Wide Range level instruments (+60 to -155) are

reading approximately +34 at this time.

Which ONE of the following describes the accuracy of the instruments under these

conditions?

A: The instruments are showing accurate level indication due to being calibrated for

normal operating pressure and temperature.

B. The instruments are NOT showing accurate level indication due to being calibrated

for cold shutdown conditions.

C. The instruments are showing accurate level indication because they are within the

level range of the instruments.

D. The instruments are NOT showing accurate level indication because the RVLIS

system is not providing flow to the reference leg fill lines.

Reference: OPLl71.003 Rev. 15 pg 20

A. Correct answer.

B. Incorrect since the instruments are calibrated for hot conditions.

C. Incorrect since being within the indicated range doesnt mean that the instrument is

accurate.

D. Incorrect since RVLIS has no affect on how the instrument reads. It does have an

affect on the indication when a rapid depressurization occurs.

ROTier:

TlGl

SRO Tier:

TlGl

Keyword

LEVEL INSTRUMENTS

Cog Level: CIA 3.914.0

Source:

N

Exam:

BF02301

Test

C

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:41 AM

55

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

54. 295028EK3.01001

Which ONE of the following describes the reason why Emergency Depressurization is

required if Drywell Temperature cannot be maintained below 280°F?

A. At this temperature all of the RPV level instruments are affected such that there is

no reliable level indication and RPV flooding is required.

6.' Primary Containment has reached the structural design limit and actions are

required to minimize further release of energy from the RPV.

C. Ensures the equipment in the Drywell that is required to reach cold shutdown

conditions remains operable by terminating heat input into the containment.

D. Above 280°F containment failure is emminent which would cause the release rates

at the site boundary to reach 10 CFR 100 limits.

References: OPL171.203 Rev.5 pg 26

A. Incorrect since these conditions do not make all of the level instruments unreliable.

B. Correct answer.

C. Incorrect since the containment is threatened and not the EQ equipment.

D. Incorrect since containment failure is not emminent and it would not cause the 10

CFR limits to be exceeded.

ROTier:

T1G2

Keyword

EO1 INSTRUCTIONS

Source:

N

Test:

C

SROTier:

T1G2

Cog Level: MEM 3.613.9

Exam:

BF02301

Mi%:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:41 AM

56

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

55. 295029EK1.01001

Unit 2 is operating at 100% RTP. The Suppression Pool water level is required to be

maintained at 2 -6.25 inches and 5 1 .O inches per Tech Specs.

Which ONE of the following is available to protect the containment against

overpressurization if Suppression Pool water level is allowed to go above the maximum

level?

I

A. Suppression Chamber-to-Drywell Vacuum Breakers.

B. Reactor Building-to-Suppression Chamber Vacuum Breakers.

C. Drywell Spray system.

D. Residual Heat Removal (RHR) Suppression Pool Cooling System.

~~

. - .-

~

~

~~

.

References: Tech Spec Bases Section B 3.6.2.2 pg B 3.6-66

A. Incorrect since these valves protect the Drywell from negative pressure upon

inadvertent operation of the Drywell Spray system.

B. Incorrect since these valves protect the Suppression Chamber from negative

pressure upon inadvertent operation of the Suppression Pool Spray system.

C. Correct answer.

D. Incorrect since this system is needed to maintain the containment within design

temperature limitations.

ROTier:

T1G2

SRO Tier:

T1G2

Keyword

PRIMARY CONTAINMENT

Cog Level: CIA 3.413.7

Source:

N

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 0841:41 AM

57

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

56. 295030EA1.02 002

Unit 2 has had an event with the following conditions present:

Reactor Water Level

Reactor Pressure

920 psig

Drywell Pressure

1.3 psig

Suppression Pool Temperature

98°F

RClC Pump Room Temperature

150°F

Operator reports leak on suction header of Torus.

-60" and steady

Suppression Chamber Level

9ft

The Unit 2 Reactor Operator reports that the RClC turbine has tripped.

Which ONE of the following is the most likely cause of the turbine trip?

A. High RClC Pump room temperature

B. High RClC exhaust pressure.

C! Low suction pressure.

D. High Reactor Water Level.

References: OPL171.040 Rev.18 pg 29 and 30

Enabling Objective OPL171.040 #5

A. Incorrect since the High RClC Room Temperature isolation is at 160°F.

B. Incorrect since high exhaust pressure can't happen if Drywell pressure is low.

C. Correct answer based on low Drywell pressure and low torus level.

D. Incorrect since the High Reactor Water Level trip is +51".

ROTier:

TlG2

SRO Tier:

TlGl

Keyword

RCIC SYSTEM

Cog Level: CIA 3.413.5

Source:

N

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:41 AM

58

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

57. 295030EK2.01001

Unit 3 EOI-2, "Primary Containment Control", has the operators perform the following

action if suppression pool water level CANNOT be maintained above 12.75 feet.

Secure HPCl irrespective of adequate core cooling.

Which ONE of the following HPCl system responses will this action prevent?

A,* Overpressurization of the primary containment.

B. Loss of back pressure on the exhaust line.

C. HPCl exhaust check valve chatter.

D. Unstable HPCl operation.

References: OPL171.203 Rev 5 pg 50 & 51

Enabling Objective OPL171.203 #7

A. Correct answer.

B. Incorrect since the exhaust line will still have the backpressure from the torus

airspace.

C. Incorrect since water level in the torus doesn't affect the HPCl exhaust check valve.

D. Incorrect since torus water level doesn't affect HPCl operation.

Note: Reordered answers.

ROTier:

T1G2

Keyword

HPCI

Source:

B

Test:

C

SRO Tier:

TlGl

Cog Level: MEM 3.813.9

Exam:

BF02301

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:41 AM

59

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

58. 295031EK3.05 001

A loss of all high pressure injection systems has resulted in RPV level lowering to TAF.

An emergency RPV depressurization has been directed.

Which ONE of the following states the reason that a minimum of 4 MSRVs must be

opened?

A.' Ensures that sufficient steam flow will exist to remove decay heat at low enough

pressure for the lowest head ECCS pump to make up for steam flow.

B. Ensures that at the worst case in core life, the APLHGR thermal limit will not be

exceeded and inhibit adequate radiant heat transfer.

C. Ensures that the reactor will be depressurized to below ECCS shut off head before

the RPV level reaches two thirds core height.

D. Prevents exceeding 1 % plastic strain on the hottest fuel pin in the core allowing fuel

cladding failure to release radioactive fission products.

References: OPL171.205 Rev. 4 pg 29

A. Correct answer.

B,C and D are incorrect since 4 relief valves open do not affect these conditions.

ROTier:

TlGl

SROTier:

TlGl

Keyword

EMERG DEPRESS

Cog Level: MEM 4.2/4.3

Source:

B

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Mix:

Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:41 AM

60

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

59. 295032EK3.03 001

Which ONE of the following is the basis for the Main Steam Line (MSL) Tunnel high

temperature isolation?

A. Protect the integrity of the secondary containment and ensure the continued

operability of safe shutdown equipment.

8. Prevent exceeding the Environmental Qualification temperature limits on the MSlV

control air solenoids.

CY Minimize radioactive releases to the environment and limit the inventory loss from

the reactor under all accident conditions.

D. Limit the escape of radioactivity from the MSL Tunnel to the Reactor Building HVAC

system.

PClS purpose

BSEP BANK LOI-CLS-LP-O12A*017001

ROTier:

T1G3

SRO Tier:

T1G2

Keyword

MAIN STEAM

Cog Level: MEM EK3.03

Source:

B

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

Tuesday, Januaty 21,2003 08:41:41 AM

61

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

60. 295033EK2.01002

Unit 2 is in a Refueling outage with work in progress on the Turbine Floor. When the

High Pressure Turbine casing is removed the radiation levels increase significantly.

Which ONE of the following describes the indications available to the Control Room

Operator and the actions required to be taken?

A. Turbine Bldg ventilation trips and isolates. The Control Room Operator announces

evacuation of turbine floor and contacts RADCON.

B. Reactor Bldg ventilation trips and isolates. SGT starts automatically. The Control

Room Operator announces evacuation of the turbine floor and contacts RADCON.

C. Turbine Operating Floor High Radiation Alarm sounds. The Control Room Operator

announces evacuation of the turbine floor, contacts RADCON and monitors other

alarms with inputs to this annunciator.

D. Turbine Operating Floor High Radiation Alarm sounds. The Control Room Operator

notifies Unit Supervisor this is an expected alarm since the turbine casing is being

removed.

References: OPL171.034 Rev.&? pg 16

2-ARP-9-3A Rev.18 pg 31

Enabiling Objective OPL171.034 85

A. Incorrect since Turbine Building vents do not trip.

B. Incorrect since Reactor Building vents do not trip.

C. Correct answer.

0. Incorrect since this is not an expected alarm. The ARP actions should be followed.

ROTier:

T1G2

SROTier:

T1G2

Keyword

RAD MONITORS

Cog Level: C/A 3.W4.0

Source:

N

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:41 AM

62

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

61. 295034EK1.01001

Which ONE of the following describes why the Reactor Zone and Refueling Floor

Exhaust Radiation - High allowable values are set at their current levels?

A? They provide timely detection of system process barrier leaks inside containment

but they are far enough background levels to avoid spurious isolations.

B. They provide positive indication of system leaks but they are low enough to ensure

proper instrument indications.

C. The values are set to ensure the isolation function is fast enough to prevent

exceeding the 10 CFR 100 exposure limits at the site boundary.

D. The values are set such that trends are able to be determined before the isolations

occur.

References: Tech Spec Section 3.3 Bases pg B 3.3-251

A. Correct answer.

B,C and D. Incorrect per Bases statement.

ROTier:

TlG2

SRO Tier:

T1G2

Keyword

SECONDARY CONTAINMEN

Cog Level: MEM 3.W4.1

Source:

N

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:42 AM

63

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

62. 295036EK2.03 001

A relief valve is leaking on the Unit 2 RBCCW system which is causing the Reactor

Building Equipment Drain Tank to fill up. The Reactor Building Equipment Drain Sump

Pump has started and is pumping to Radwaste.

Which ONE of the following identifies the first indication that Radwaste will see due to

the increased leakage?

A. Chemical Waste Tank level will increase.

B. Floor Drain Collector Tank level will increase.

C! Waste Collector Tank level will increase.

D. Waste Surge Tank level will increase.

References: OPLI 71 .OB4 Rev.3 pg 17

A. Incorrect since the water from the Reactor Bldg Equipment Drain Sump goes to the

Waste Collector Tank first.

B. Incorrect since the water from the Reactor Bldg Equipment Drain Sump goes to the

Waste Collector Tank first.

C. Correct answer.

D. Incorrect since the water from the Reactor Bldg Equipment Drain Sump goes to the

Waste Collector Tank first.

ROTier:

T1G3

SRO Tier:

T1G2

Keyword:

RADWASTE

Cog Level: C/A 2.8/3.1

Source:

N

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:42 AM

64

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

63. 295037EA1.04 001

The reactor has experienced an ATWS and you have been directed to initiate SLC

injection. SLC Pump A was started at 0700 with the boron concentration at 8.5% and

the tank level at 85%. The following conditions exist at 0730 for SLC Pump A:

  • Red Light On
  • Squib Continuity Lights Off
  • SLC Pressure 1200 psig
  • Reactor Pressure 1000 psig
  • Tank Level 70%, lowering

- * Flow Light On

Alarm "SLC Injection Flow to Reactor"

Alarm "SLC Squib Valve Continuity Lost"

Which ONE of the following is the appropriate action to take?

A. Start SLC Pump B and continue running SLC Pump A.

6:' Stop SLC Pump A and start SLC Pump B.

c. Initiate Alternate SLC Injection.

D. Continue running SLC Pump A.

References: OPL171.039 Rev. 13 pg 17,26 and 27

2-01-63 Rev. 26 pg 4

Enabling Objective OPL171.039 # 4

A. Incorrect since an interlock is installed to prevent running both pumps at the same

time.

B. Correct answer since tank level should be down to 55% if SLC Pump A was

operating properly.

C. Incorrect since B SLC Pump should be started first.

D. Incorrect since A SLC Pump is pumping at a degraded rate.

ROTier:

TlGl

SROTier:

TlGl

Keyword

SLC

Cog Level: CIA 4.514.5

Source:

N

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:42 AM

65

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

64. 295038EK3.01001

An accicent has happened on Unit 2 which causes radiation levels at the site boundary

to reach 11 mRemlHr gamma. An ALERT has been declared by the Shift Manager.

Which ONE of the following describes why the Emergency Plan was implemented for

this condition?

A. Ensures that all individuals are accounted for at the time of the accident.

B. Provides protective measures for TVA employees and contractors located on the

site at the time of the accident.

C. Ensures lines of communication are established between the site and the NRC.

D. Provides protective measures for TVA employees and the public.

References: OPL171.075 Rev.17 pg 9

Enabling Objective OPLl71.075 #B1

A. Incorrect since implementing the Emergency Plan does not ensure all people are

accounted for.

B. Incorrect since it also provides protective measures for the public.

C. Incorrect since implementing the Emergency Plan does not mean that

communication lines are open with the NRC.

D. Correct answer.

ROTier:

T1G2

Keyword

EMERGENCY PLAN

Source:

N

Test:

C

SROTier:

TlGl

Cog Level: MEM 3.614.5

Exam:

BF02301

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:42 AM

66

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

65. 300000K4.03 001

The Raw Cooling Water regulating valve to the "A" Control Air Compressor has failed

closed.

Which ONE of the following conditions would trip the "A" Control Air Compressor?

A,* Air discharge temperature reading 312°F.

B. Air discharge temperature reading 128°F.

C. Lube oil temperature reading 175°F.

I

D. Seal Air Pressure reading 8 psig.

References: OPLI 71.054 Rev.4 pg 13,41 and 45

Learning Objective OPLl71.054 #2

A. Correct answer.

6.

Incorrect but it is correct for the G Compressor.

C. Incorrect since Lube Oil Hi Temp trip is 180°F.

D. Incorrect but it is correct for the G Compressor.

ROTier:

T2G2

Keyword

CONTROL AIR

Source:

N

Test:

C

SRO Tier:

T2G2

Cog Level: MEM 23/23

Exam:

BF02301

Mix:

TCK

Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:42 AM

67

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

66.

500000~~2.07

001

1

An event has occurred on Unit 3 with the following conditions present:

Drywell Pressure

30 psig

Drywell Temperature

275°F

SGT Systems

SGT Inlet pressure

+0.5 psig

CAD System

Shutdown

" A out of service, " 6

and "C" fail to start

The Unit Supervisor has ordered the Drywell to be vented due to high H2

concentrations.

Which ONE of the following describes the reason why the Drywell CANNOT be vented

at this time?

A.' SGT System "6"

and "C" failed to start.

6. SGT Ssytem inlet pressure is too high.

C. Drywell pressure is too high.

D. Drywell temperature is too high.

References: 3-01-83 Rev. 17 pg 5

OPL171.032 Rev.10 pg 21

Enabling Objective OPLl71.032 #B.4

A. Correct answer.

B. Incorrect since the pressure for the SGT inlet is .79 psig.

C. Incorrect since High Drywell pressure prevents nitrogen purge.

D. Incorrect since Drywell Temp does not affect venting the containment.

ROTier:

TlGl

SRO Tier:

TlGl

Keyword

DRYWELL VENTING

Cog Level: CIA 3.213.7

Source:

N

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Mix:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:42 AM

68

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

67. G2.1.28 001

According to SPP-7.2, Outage Management, which ONE of the following defines a

FUNCTIONAL system?

A. A system, structure or component that is in service or can be placed in service in

OPERABLE state by immediate manual or automatic actuation.

B. A system that has the ability to perform its intended function with considerations

that applicable technical specifications or licensing/design basis assumptions ma

not be maintained.

C. A system that had PERs generated during the previous operating cycle that hav

been evaluated as operable but degraded / non-conforming conditions, have not

been justified for resolution in the future and have a specified required completioi

date that is the current outage which has been agreed to by outage managemen

D. A System that is capable of performing its specified safety function(s). Implicit in

this definition shall be the assumption that all necessary attendant instrurnentatio

controls, normal or emergency electrical power sources, cooling or seal water,

lubrication or other auxiliary equipment that are required for the system, subsystc

train, component, or device to perform its specified safety function(s) are also

capable of performing their related support function(s).

Tuesday, Januaiy 21,2003 08:41:42 AM

69

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

A. AVAILABLE (Availability)- The status of a system, structure or component that is in

service or can be placed in service in a FUNCTIONAL or OPERABLE state by

immediate manual or automatic actuation.

B. FUNCTIONAL -The ability of a system or component to perform its intended

function with considerations that applicable technical specifications or licensingldesign

basis assumptions may not be maintained.

.

C. (SPP 3.1) Operable - Operability - A system, subsystem, train, component, or

device shall be operable or have operability when it is capable of performing its

specified safety function(s). Implicit in this definition shall be the assumption that all

necessary attendant instrumentation, controls, normal or emergency electrical power

sources, cooling or seal water, lubrication or other auxiliary equipment that are required

for the system, subsystem, train, component, or device to perform its specified safety

function(s) are also capable of performing their related support function(s).

D. OPERABLE BUT DEGRADED - PERs generated during the previous operating

cycle that have been evaluated as operable but degraded / non-conforming conditions,

have not been justified for resolution in the future, (i.e., more than one refueling cycle)

in accordance with SPP-3.1, Corrective Action Program, and have a specified

required completion date that is the current outage which has been agreed to by

outage management.

ROTier:

T3

SROTier:

T3

Keyword

SYSTEM STATUS

Cog Level: MEM 3.213.3

Source:

B

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Mix:

Tuesday, January 21,2003 0841:42 AM

70

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

68. G2.1.3 001

The on-coming Unit 3 Board Unit Operator (BUO) has been on vacation for 7 days.

The BUO is preparing to assume shift at 0700 on 12/30/2002.

Which ONE of the following is the date, at a minimum, that the BUO must review back

to concerning the Unit 3 Narrative Log?

A. 0700 on 12/29/2002.

B. 1500 on 12/27/2002.

C. 0700 on 12/25/2002.

D. 1500 on 12/23/2002.

References: SSP-12.1, Section 3.12.2, page 64

C. Correct answer.

A, B and D are incorrect since the operator must only review the previous 5 days in the

narrative log.

Note: Did not have a copy of the procedure to verify answer.

ROTier:

T3

SROTier:

T3

Keyword

ADMIN

Cog Level: CIA 3.013.4

Source:

M

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:42 AM

71

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

69. G2.2.12 001

The Unit Operator has just completed the required readings for his shift and

documented them in 2-SR-2, Instrument Checks and Observations.

Which ONE of the following lists the individuals that are qualified to perform an

independent review?

~

A. ROorSRO.

B. ROorSTA.

C. Ops Manager or SRO.

D.* STA or SRO.

References: 2-SR-2, Rev.29 pg 8

A. Incorrect since RO cannot perform independent review.

B. Incorrect since RO cannot perform independent review.

C. Incorrect since Ops Manager cannot perform independent review unless he is an

SRO or qualified STA.

D. Correct answer.

ROTier:

T3

SROTier:

T3

Keyword

SURVEILLANCE REQUIRE

Cog Level: MEM 3.0/3.4

Source:

N

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 0841:43 AM

72

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

70. G2.2.3 001

Assume that one of the 48V DC inverters that supplies 120V AC to the Control Room

annunciators has failed.

Which ONE of the following describes the effects this will have?

A? If the failure is on Unit 1 a buzzer will sound and a white light will illuminate.

B. If the failure is on Unit 1,2 or 3 a buzzer will sound and a red light will illuminate.

C. If the failure is on Unit 2 the power supply will auto swap to Battery Board 2.

D. If the failure is on Unit 3 the power supply will auto swap to Battery Board 3.

References: OPLl71.037 Rev.8 pg 16

Enabling Objective OPL171.037 #B8

Note: Taken from 2001 Exam.

A. Correct answer.

B. Incorrect since a red light will not illuminate on Unit 1 but it will illuminate on Units 2

and 3.

C. Incorrect since the power supply does not swap.

D. Incorrect since the power supply does not swap.

ROTier:

T3

Keyword

DC SYSTEMS

Source:

B

Test:

C

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:43 AM

SROTier:

T3

Cog Level: MEM 3.113.3

Exam:

BF02301

Misc:

TCK

73

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

71. G2.3.1 001

You are called at home and directed to go to the Hatch Facility to assist in the recovery

efforts following a refueling accident. You are informed that you will require a TLD

during the assist visit.

Which ONE of the following describes the dosimetry requirement for this emergency

visit per SPP-5. I, RADIOLOGICAL CONTROLS?

A. You must obtain your BFN dosimetry and wear it along with the dosimetry provided

by Hatch. Following your return you must report to RADCON to obtain any required

bioassay and update your exposure records.

B. You must inform RADCON of your intended visit and obtain your BFN dosimetry to

wear with the dosimetry provided by Hatch. Upon your return you must present

copies of your dose records from Hatch.

C. You must turn in your dosimetry and check out prior to leaving BFN, unless

exempted by the Shift Manager or Operations Manager.

D. You must turn in your dosimetry and check out prior to leaving BFN, unless

exempted by RADCON.

References: SPP-5.1, Radiological Controls Rev.3 pg 9

A. Incorrect since a bioassay is not required and you must also turn in your BFN

dosimetry.

B. Incorrect since you must turn in your BFN dosimetry.

C. Incorrect since you can only get exemption from RADCON.

D. Correct answer.

ROTier:

T3

Keyword

RADIATION CONTROL

Source:

B

Test:

C

SROTier:

T3

Cog Level: MEM 2.613.0

Exam:

BF02301

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 0841 :43 AM

74

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

Which ONE of the following is NOT an immediate action of 2-AOI-1-1, Relief Valve

Stuck Open?

A:' Inhibit MSRV Auto Actuation Logic on Panel 2-9-3.

72. G2.4.1 001

B. PLACE affected relief valve control switch from CLOSE to OPEN to CLOSE

several times, and OBSERVE indications to see whether valve closes.

C. IDENTIFY stuck open relief valve by OBSERVING SRV TAILPIPE FLOW

MONITOR, 2-FMT-1-4, on Panel 2-9-3.

D. IDENTIFY stuck open relief valve by OBSERVING MSRV DISCHARGE TAILPIPE

TEMPERATURE recorder, 2-TR-1-1 on Panel 2-9-47.

4.1

Immediate actions:

4.1.1 IDENTIFY stuck open relief valve by OBSERVING following:

4.1.1.1

SRV TAILPIPE FLOW MONITOR, 2-FMT-1-4, on Panel 293, or

4.1.1.2

MSRV DISCHARGE TAILPIPE TEMPERATURE recorder, 2TR11

on Panel 2947.

4.1.2 PLACE affected relief valve control switch from CLOSE to OPEN to CLOSE

several times, and OBSERVE indications to see whether valve closes.

4.2

Subsequent Action

4.2.1 IF ANY EO1 entry condition is met, THEN

ENTER the appropriate EOl(s).

ROTier:

T3

SROTier:

T3

Keyword

RELIEF VALVE

Cog Level: CIA4.314.6

Source:

B

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

C

Misc:

Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:43

AM

75

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

73. G2.4.10001

Alarm tile "MSIV ISOL SCRAM BYPASS" on the Unit 2 9-5 Panel is illuminated. No

other alarms are illuminated.

Which ONE of the following identifies which Scram signals are not active?

A. MSlV closure scram and Turbine Stop Valve closure scram.

B. Generator Load Reject Scram and Condenser low vacuum scram.

C." MSlV closure scram and Condenser low vacuum scram.

D. MSlV closure scram and Generator Load Reject Scram.

References: 2-ARP-9-5B Rev.12

A. Incorrect since the Turbine Stop Valve closure scram is still active.

B. Incorrect since the Generator Load Reject scram is still active.

C. Correct answer.

D. Incorrect since the Generator Load Reject scram is still active.

ROTier:

T3

Keyword

RPS

Source:

N

Test:

C

SROTier:

T3

Cog Level: MEM 3.0/3.1

Exam:

BF02301

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 0841:43 AM

76

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

74. G2.4.11 001

A diesel fuel oil spill has occurred in the Diesel Generator Building. The On Scene

Coordinator requests that absorbent material be delivered to the scene.

Which ONE of the following contains a list of the locations of stored absorbent

material?

~

A. MSDS for diesel fuel oil.

B. Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure.

CY Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures Plan.

D. Browns Ferry Master Materials Index Data Base (MMIDB).

Reference: OPL171.068 Rev. 4 pg 10

Enabling Objective #5

C is the only answer that provides a table for location of spill cleanup material therefore

answers A.B and C are incorrect.

Note: Reordered answers.

ROTier:

T3

Keyword:

ADMIN

Source:

B

Test:

C

SROTier:

T3

Cog Level: MEM 3.413.6

Exam:

BF02301

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:43 AM

77

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

75. G2.4.3 001

Per Regulatory Guide 1.97 post accident instrumentation must be appropriately

identified in control rooms to provide information required by the control room operators

during accident conditions.

Which ONE of the following describes how RPV level instruments are designated as

post accident monitoring and which instruments are used?

A. Black labels are placed on the Emergency Systems Range instruments only.

B. Blue labels are placed on the Post Accident Flood Range instruments only.

CY Black labels are placed on both the Emergency Systems Range and Post Accident

Flood range instruments.

D. Blue labels are placed on both the Post Accident Flood Range and the Shutdown

Vessel Flood Range instruments.

References: OPL171.003 Rev.15 pg 24 and 26

Tech Spec Bases B 3.3.3.1 pg B 3.3-84

Note: Modified stem and answers slightly. On last exam.

A. Incorrect since on more than the instruments listed.

B. Incorrect since wrong color and on more than the instruments listed.

C. Correct answer.

D. Incorrect since wrong color and wrong instruments listed.

ROTier:

T3

Keyword

POST ACCIDENT

Source:

B

Test:

C

SROTier:

T3

Cog Level: MEM 3.513.8

Exam:

BF02301

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:43 AM

78

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

76. 259002G2.2.22 001

Unit 2 experienced a Group 1 isolation with a failure to scram. Rx steam dome

pressure increased to 1320 psig which caused a break in the Recirc Suction piping.

The following conditions exist at this time:

Rx Power

8% RTP

Reactor Water Level -

-155 inches

Reactor Pressure

185 psig

Core Flow

5% of rated

Drywell Pressure

13 psig

Which ONE of the following describes the Safety Limit violated and the corrective

action?

A. Reactor steam dome pressure; insert all insertable control rods within 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />.

B. Core Flow vs. Thermal Power; insert all insertable control rods and restore Thermal

Power to within limits within 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />.

Cy Reactor Vessel Water Level; restore level above -151" and insert all insertable

control rods within 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />.

D. Drywell Pressure; restore to within limits and be in Mode 4 within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />.

References: Tech Spec Section 2.0, Safety Limits

Tech Spec Bases pg B 2.0-6

A. Incorrect since Reactor steam dome safety limit was not exceeded (limit is 1325

P

m

B. Incorrect since the safety limit is 2 25% RTP and core flow < 10% rated.

C. Correct answer.

D. Incorrect since Drywell Pressure is not a safety limit.

RO Tier:

SRO Tier:

T2G1

Keyword

SAFETY LIMIT

Cog Level: ClA3.414.1

Source:

N

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

s

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:43 AM

79

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

77. 261000K2.03 001

The SGT "A" master control switch (HS-65-18A on Unit 1) is in the pull-to-lock position.

Which one of the following conditions would still cause the SGT "A" to start even

though the control switch is in the pull-to-lock position?

A. Unit 3 SGT " A start pushbutton is depressed.

B. Unit 2 drywell pressure rises to 2.5 psig and continues to rise.

C.' The local (SGT Building) SGT "A" start pushbutton is depressed.

D. SGT TRAIN "A" INBD ISOL TEST SIG keylock switch (HS-65-48A) is placed in the

TEST position.

RO Tier:

SRO Tier:

T2G1

Keyword

SBGT

Cog Level: CIA 2.312.5

Source:

B

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

S

Misc:

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:44 AM

80

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

78. 290003G2.1.12 001

Unit 2 is at 100% power. Two Unit 1 & 2 Control Room Air Conditioning Subsystems

are inoperable. Actions to restore one subsystem to OPERABLE status is in progress.

Which ONE of the following states the actionsllimitations imposed by Tech Specs?

A. Unit 2 must be in MODE 3 in 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> and MODE 4 in 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />.

B.' Place an alternate method of cooling in service within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> and restore one

~

subsystem to OPERABLE status within 7 days.

C. Restore one subsystem to OPERABLE status within 30 days.

D. Place an alternate method of cooling in service within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> and restore one

subsystem to OPERABLE status within 30 days.

References: Tech Spec 3.7.4 Condition B

correct answer since you are in Condition A until you return BOTH systems to

OPERABLE status.

Revised answers from Bank question to prevent having more than one

A. Incorrect since this is the action to take if Condition B completion time cannot be

met.

B. Correct answer.

C. Incorrect since at least ONE subsystem must be restored to OPERABLE status

within 7 days along with other actions.

D. Incorrect since one subsystem must be returned to operable status within 7 days.

RO Tier:

SRO Tier:

T2G2

Keyword

TECH SPECS

Cog Level: ClA2.914.0

Source:

B

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

S

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:44 AM

81

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

79. 295001AA2.01 001

Unit 3 is in the process of starting up

A 100% rod line has been established

Currently raising recirc flow- - -

A fault in the 3B Recirc MG set occurs causing a trip of the MG set.

The operator notes the following conditions after the pump trip:

- MWE = 560

- MWT = 1745

- Core Flow = 32%

Using the attached Illustration 1 from 3-01-68 determine which ONE of the following

describes the appropriate action to take.

A. Region 2 has been entered, scram the reactor immediately.

B.* Region 1 has been entered, scram the reactor immediately.

c. Region 2 has been entered, and must be exited within 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />.

D. Region 1 has been entered, insert control rods to less than a 95.2% rod line.

Task no: U-068-AB-01

RO Tier:

Keyword

PWR/FLOW MAP

Source:

B

Test:

S

SROTier:

TlG2

Cog Level: C/A 333.8

Exam:

BF02301

Misc:

Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:44 AM

82

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

80. 295003G2.1.12 001

Core Spray Pump 2B has just been tagged for maintenance when 250V DC Reactor

MOV Board 2B trips.

Which ONE of the following describes the Tech Spec required actions for Unit 2?

A.' Enter LCO 3.0.3 immediately.

-

B. Restore the 250V DC Reactor MOV Board 2B

OPERABLE status within 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br />.

Core Spray Pump 2B to

C. Restore Core Spray Pump 2B AND 250V DC Reactor MOV Board 26 to

OPERABLE status within 7 days.

D. Be in MODE 3 within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> AND be in MODE 4 within 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />.

References: Tech Spec 3.5.1

Refer to OPDP-8. The 250V Board is a support system for Core Spray, and there is a

LOSF since the 250V Board is Division I logic. Therefore both Core Spray systems are

inoperable, requiring entering LCO 3.0.3 per 3.5.1 .H. If 250V Rx MOV Board 2B is

placed on its alternate supply the board is still considered inoperable per BASES B

3.8.7.

A. Correct answer since two low pressure ECCS spray subsystems are INOPERABLE.

LCO 3.0.3 is entered per 3.5.1 .G.

B. Incorrect since this assumes that HPCl is also INOPERABLE.

C. Incorrect since the 7 day clock is for 1 low pressure spray subsystem being

INOPERABLE,

D. Incorrect since this action is required only if the required actions or completion time

for Condition A is not met.

RO Tier:

SROTier:

TlGl

Keyword

CORE SPRAY

Cog Level: CIA 2.914.0

Source:

B

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

S

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:44 AM

83

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

81. 295005AA2.02 001

Unit 3 is at 27% RTP during a startup from a refueling outage. The Control Room

Operator reports that the vibrations for the turbine are at 12 mils and continuing to

increase slowly.

Which ONE of the following describes the actions you should take as Control Room

Supervisor?

A. Order the Control Room Operator to Trip the Tubine immediately and verify a

reactor scram.

6. Order the Control Room Operator to monitor the Turbine vibrations and to Trip the

Turbine if the vibrations continue for greater than 15 minutes.

C. Enter EOI-1 since a scram should have occured due to Turbine Trip from High

vibrations.

D.' Order the Control Room Operator to Trip the Turbine immediately. Verify Generator

trips and loads transfer properly.

References: OPL171.147 Rev. 3 pg 10, 19,22

A. Incorrect since a reactor scram should not occur from the turbine trip due to Rx

power ~30%.

6. Incorrect since the turbine must be tripped immediately if vibrations reach 12 mils.

C. Incorrect since an entry condition does not exist at this time.

D. Correct answer.

RO Tier:

Keyword

TURBINE CONTROLS

Source:

N

Test:

S

SRO Tier:

T1G2

Cog Level: CIA 2.412.7

Exam:

BF02301

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:44 AM

84

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

82. 295006AA2.03 001

Unit 3 is operating at 100% RTP when the unit scrams. The following conditions exist

after the scram:

All rods are in

Reactor Pressure

Reactor Water Level

Drywell Pressure

11 psig

All systems operating as designed.

510 psig lowering slowly

-1 55 steady

Which ONE of the following the systems that are allowed, and are able, to be in

operation to maintain vessel level greater than -1 62?

A!

Feedwater, HPCI, RCIC, CRD and SLC.

B. Feedwater, HPCI, CRD and Core Spray.

C. Feedwater, HPCI, RCIC, and CRD.

D. Feedwater, HPCI, RCIC, CRD, SLC, Core Spray and RHR.

References: EOI-1 Rev 5

A. Correct answer.

B. Incorrect since Core Spray is not able to inject at this pressure.

C. Incorrect since SLC is also able to be used to maintain level >-162.

D. Incorrect since Core Spray and RHR cannot inject at this time.

RO Tier:

SRO Tier:

TlGl

Keyword

LEVEL CONTROL

Cog Level: CIA 4.014.2

Source:

N

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

S

Mix:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:44 AM

85

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

83. 295014AA2.03 001

Unit 3 is at 100% power. Which ONE of the following plant conditions is a symptom of

an inadvertent HPCI injection?

A. APRM flow comparator alarm.

B. Decrease in reactor pressure.

C. Recirc pump runback.

D.' Positive reactor period.

RO Tier:

Keyword

HPCI

Source:

B

Test:

S

SROTier:

TlGl

Cog Level: CIA 4.014.3

Exam:

BF02301

Misc:

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:44 AM

86

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

84. 29501662.2.3 001

There has been a Toxic Gas spill on site which has caused Unit 2 and Unit 3 Control

Rooms to be abandoned. AOI-100-2, Control Room Abandonment has been

implemented for both units and RClC is injecting to maintain Reactor Water Level

within a certain band.

Which ONE of the following describes the appropriate level band for each unit?

A. Unit2

Unit 3

B. Unit2

Unit 3

C I Unit 2

Unit 3

D. Unit 2

Unit 3

+2" to +50

+12" to +51"

+ I 2" to +50"

+2" to +51"

+12" to +51"

+2" to +50

+2" to +51"

+I 2" to +50

References: OPLl71-208 Rev.4 pg 22

A,B and D are incorrect since they show the wrong level bands.

C. Correct answer.

RO Tier:

Keyword

CONTROL ROOM

Source:

N

Test:

S

SROTier:

TlGl

Cog Level: MEM 3.113.3

Exam:

BF02301

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:44 AM

87

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

85. 295017AA2.04 001

A release of radioactivity is in progress. The following radiological conditions are

present:

Stack Gas Rad Monitors RM-90-147 & 148

Reactor BldglRefuel Zone Rad Monitors

Turbine Bldg Exhaust Rad Monitor RM 90-250

Drywell Rad Monitors

Torus Rad Monitors

rising radiation levels

reading normal levels

rising radiation levels

rising radiation levels

reading normal levels

Which ONE of the following describes the probable source of the release?

A. Main Steam leakage outside the Primary Containment.

B. Reactor Water Cleanup leakage outside the Primary Containment.

C.' Fuel clad failure release thru the Offgas System.

D. Major airborne activity in the Radwaste Bldg.

References: OPL171.067 Rev.10 pg 19 - 22

A. Incorrect since the steam release is only through Primary Containment. Secondary

Containment is still in tact.

B. Incorrect since the RWCU leak is through Primary Containment.

C. Correct answer. Turbine Bldg Vents take a suction from the Offgas Areas and the

offgas also goes to the main stack. These are the only areas with increased rad levels

other than the Drywell.

D. Incorrect since the Radwaste Bldg Ventilation has its own exhaust stack.

RO Tier:

Keyword

OFF SlTE RELEASE

Source:

M

Test:

S

SRO Tier:

TlGl

Cog Level: CIA 3.614.3

Exam:

BF02301

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:44 AM

88

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

86. 295021~~2.04

001

The following conditions exist on Unit 3:

Reactor Water Level

+46"

Reactor Coolant Temp.

185°F

Reactor Pressure

0 psig

Rx Vessel Head bolted and torqued

RHR loop 1 in shutdown cooling

Both Recirculation Pumps off

.

Which ONE of the following describes the operational consequence of the Inboard

Shutdown Cooling Valve (FCV 74-48) failing closed?

A. Transition boiling will occur at the reduced reactor pressure causing fuel cladding

damage.

B. Damage could occur to the running RHR pump since it no longer has a suction

path.

Cy Coolant temperature may rise unmonitored and change the reactor condition from

MODE 4 to MODE 3.

D. Since the valve is a failed PCiV then the Outboard Shutdown Cooling Valve (FCV

74-47) must be closed and deactivated.

References: 3-AOl-74-1 Rev. 25 pg 1 and 4

Tech Specs 3.6.1.3, Primary Containment Isolation Valves (PCIVs)

A. incorrect since transition boiling may not occur for a long period of time.

B. Incorrect since the RHR pump will trip if it loses its suction path.

C. Correct answer.

D. Incorrect since the outboard isolation valve does not need to be closed. The failed

valve can be used as the isolation valve.

RO Tier:

SRO Tier:

T1G2

Keyword:

SHUTDOWN COOLING

Cog Level: CIA 3213.3

Source:

B

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

S

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, Januaty 21,2003 08:41:45 AM

89

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

87. 295022G2.1.20 001

Unit 2 is in the process of heating up with the Mode Switch in START/HOT STBY. The

following conditions exist when the 2A CRD Pump trips on overcurrent:

Reactor Pressure

800 psig

Reactor Temperature

485°F

1B CRD Pp

Out-of-Service

-

Which ONE of the following should the Unit Supervisor direct the Reactor Operator to

perform ?

A. If receive 2 or more scram accumulator alarms AND charging water pressure

cannot be restored to 940 psig within 20 minutes THEN Scram the reactor.

B. Monitor CRD temps and attempt to return 1 B CRD Pp to service. Scram the reactoi

if CRD temps exceed 350°F.

C.' Manually Scram the reactor and place the Mode Switch in Shutdown immediately.

D. Attempt to restart the 2A CRD Pump. If fails to start then commence a shutdown.

References: 2-AOl-85-3 Rev.20 pg 3 and 4

A. Incorrect since these actions are taken if Rx pressure is >900 psig.

B. Incorrect since you do not wait to return a CRD Pp to service.

C. Correct answer.

D. Incorrect since you do not perform a normal shutdown and you do not try to restart a

pump on overcurrent.

RO Tier:

SRO Tier:

T1G2

Keyword

CRD SYSTEM

Cog Level: CIA4.314.2

Source:

N

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

S

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 0841 :45 AM

90

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

8 8 . 2 9 5 0 2 5 ~ ~ 2 . 0 3

001

The following conditions exist on Unit 3:

Reactor Scrammed due to stuck open relief valve.

Reactor pressure

700 psig

Suppression Pool level

15 FT

Suppression Pool temperature

200°F

-

Which ONE of the following actions should the Unit Supervisor direct to be performed?

(Refer to 3-EOI-1)

A. Emergency Depressurize the reactor.

B. Lower reactor pressure to 500 psig without exceeding 100°F cooldown rate.

C. Exit pressure control and enter steam cooling.

D? Lower reactor pressure to 500 psig irrespective of cooldown rate.

References: 3-EOI-1 Rev5

A. Incorrect since procedure directs lowering reactor pressure to within curve 3 limits

irrespective of cooldown rates.

B. Incorrect since procedure directs lowering reactor pressure to within curve 3 limits

irrespective of cooldown rates.

C. Incorrect since steam cooling is not required.

D. Correct answer per Curve 3 and overide RCIP-7.

RO Tier:

SRO Tier:

TlGl

Keyword

HEAT CAPACITY

Cog Level: CIA 3.914.1

Source:

N

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

S

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:45 AM

91

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

89. 29502602.1.12 001

Unit 2 is conducting a plant startup per 2-GOI-100-1A, "Unit Startup and Power

Operation", and surveillance 2-SR-3.5.1.8, "HPCI Main and Booster Pump Set

Developed Head and Flow Rate Test at 150 psig" is in progress. The following

conditions exist:

Suppression Pool water temperature is 98°F and rising.

Both loops of Suppression Pool cooling are in service.

The Unit Supervisor is implementing the actions of EOl-2,"Primary Containment

Control".

In accordance with Unit 2 Technical Specifications, which ONE of the following actions

is required once Suppression Pool temperature exceeds 105"F?

A. Place the Reactor Mode Switch in SHUTDOWN.

BY Suspend all testing that adds heat to the Suppression Pool.

C. Reduce THERMAL POWER to range 7 on IRM's within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />.

D. Depressurize the reactor vessel to less than 200 psig within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />.

References: Tech Specs 3.6.2.1, Suppression Pool Average Temperature

A. Incorrect since the Mode Switch doesn't need to be placed in Shutdown until

average Suppression Pool temperature exceeds 11 0°F.

B. Correct answer.

C. Incorrect since this is done if cannot meet Required Action and associated

Completion time of Condition A.

D. Incorrect since this is performed if average Suppression Pool temperature exceeds

120°F.

RO Tier:

SRO Tier:

TlGl

Keyword

SUPPRESSION CHAMBER

Cog Level: MEM 2.813.1

Source:

B

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

S

Misc:

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:45 AM

92

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

90. 295031EA2.04 001

The following conditions exist on Unit 2 after a scram from 100% power:

Reactor Power

6%

SLC

INJECTING

Reactor Water level

UNKNOWN

Suppression pool temp

Suppression Pool Pressure 3.0 psig

Drywell Pressure

3.0 psig

Six ADS valves

OPEN

RPV injection

105 degrees F

Stopped and Prevented per Appx. 4

Which ONE of the following indicates the reactor pressure at which injection to thw

vessel should be reestablished?

(Supply copy of EOI-1 and C-4)

A. When reactor pressure is below 65 psig.

B. When reactor pressure is below 68 psig.

C.' When reactor pressure is below 180 psig.

D. When reactor pressure is below 220 psig.

References: 2-EOI-1 Rev. 8

C-4 Rev. 6

A. Incorrect since this is the pressure that needs to be above Suppression Chamber if

the reactor will stay shutdown under all conditions.

B. Incorrect since this pressure added to Suppression Chamber pressure is the

pressure required to be maintained if the reactor will stay shutdown under all

conditions.

C. Correct answer with 6 or more MSRV's open.

D. Incorrect since this is the pressure with only 5 MSRV's open.

RO Tier:

SRO Tier:

TlGl

Keyword

RPV FLOODING

Cog Level: CIA 4.6143

Source:

B

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

S

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:45 AM

93

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

91. 29503862.3.4 001

Unit 2 has experienced a severe accident.

Which ONE of the following conditions would require EMERGENCY

DEPRESSURIZATION per EO/-4, Radioactivity Release Control?

A. Release rates above an ALERT due to fuel failure and a leak from the suppression

pool.

B. Release rates exceeding an Unusual Event classification and an unisolable leak on

the HPCl steam line.

C I Release rates approaching a General Emergency and leakage past the MSlVs to a

steam leak in the turbine building.

D. Release rates exceeding a General Emergency but no indications of a primary

system discharging outside of containment.

References: EOI-4, Radioactive Release Control, Rev5

A. Incorrect since lowering reactor pressure would not slow down the leak.

B. Incorrect since release rate is below the alert level and not approaching the General

Emergency level.

C. Correct answer.

D. Incorrect since nothing is being discharged outside of primary or secondary

containment.

RO Tier:

Keyword

RADIATION CONTROL

Source:

B

Test:

S

SRO Tier:

TlGl

Cog Level: MEM 2.513.1

Exam:

BF02301

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:45 AM

94

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

92. 600000G2.4.27 001

A fire rated door listed in Table 9.3.1 1 .E of the BFNP FIRE PROTECTION PLAN is

about to be propped open while work is in progress on one side of the door. There is

no fire detection equipment available to protect either side of the fire door. The door is

located in a contamination zone.

Which ONE of the following is the MINIMUM action that must be taken to compensate

for having the fire door propped open?

A. Establish a roving hourly fire watch to monitor the both areas until the door is

restored to an operable status.

B. If hot work is to be performed in either of the adjacent rooms, establish a

continuous fire watch on either side of the open door.

C. No compensatory actions are required as long as the fire door is verified to be

closed at least one time daily.

D I Establish a continuous/dedicated fire watch to monitor the impaired fire door area

until the door is restored to an operable status.

References: Fire Protection Plan Vol.1 Rev.17 pg 25

Modified so that the examinee must determine that the door is inoperable.

A. Incorrect since a continuous/dedicated fire watch is required until the door is

restored to operable status.

B. Incorrect since a continuousldedicated fire watch is required until the door is

restored to operable status.

C. Incorrect since the fire door is inoperable and compensatory actions are required.

D. Correct answer

RO Tier:

Keyword:

FIRE PROTECTION

Source:

M

Test:

S

SROTier:

TlG2

Cog Level: C/A 3.0/3.5

Exam:

BF02301

Mix:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 0841 :45 AM

95

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

93. G2 1.10001

You are in the position of SM. There are several NRC personnel in the control area

conducting initial reactor operator examinations. You feel these activities are interfering

with daily plant activities, you are concerned with the number of people in the control

room. According to SSP10.0, Plant Operations, which ONE of the following actions

should be taken?

A. Ask the NRC personnel to leave the control room.

B. Contact the NRC Senior Resident Inspector for resolution.

C:' Contact the Plant Manager for resolution.

D. Nothing. NRC personnel shall be allowed to enter or be present in the control room

for any activity.

SSP10.0, Plant Operations:

3.6

Control Room Activities

The SM, US and the UO have the authority to restrict access to or remove personnel

from the control room. NRC personnel shall be allowed to enter or be present in the

control room. If the SM has concern over the number or activities of NRC personnel,

he shall contact the Plant Manager for resolution.

RO Tier:

SROTier:

T3

Keyword

COMMAND AND CONTROL

Cog Level: MEM 2.713.9

Source:

B

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

S

Mix:

Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:45 AM

96

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

94. G2.1.12 001

The following plant conditions exist on U-2.

-1 Mode 5

- Reactor Mode Switch REFUEL

- Spent Fuel Pool Shuffle in progress

The following plant conditions exist on U-3.

- Mode 4

- Reactor Mode Switch SHUTDOWN

- Preparations for startup underway

In accordance with Tech Specs the Standby Gas Treatment is ...

A. NOT required to be operable

B? required to be operable for U-2.

C. required to be operable for U-3.

D. required to be operable for both units.

References: Technical Specification 3.7.B

RO Tier:

SROTier: T3

Keyword:

SBGT

Cog Level: CIA 2.914.0

Source:

B

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

S

Misc:

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:46 AM

97

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

95. G2.2.14 001

Unit 3 is in a Refueling Outage with a 24 month Group 2 surveillance in progress. The

Test Director assigned to coordinate the surveillance is in the control room monitoring

the test when the SGT system receives an actual Auto Start signal. The Test Director

stops the surveillance until the conditions that caused SGT to auto start are corrected.

Which ONE of the following describes the actions the Test Director must perform to

restart the surveillance?

A.' Re-verify the Initial conditions and ensure equipment performance will not be

jeopardized by completing the remainder of the procedure.

B. Discard the surveillance test that was interupted and repeat the surveillance from

the beginning.

C. Verify with Operations that they are able to support the remainder of the

surveillance test and continue where the procedure was interupted.

D. The Test Director and Operations can review the procedure to see if all of the

Acceptance Criteria is met. If it is then the surveillance can be signed off as

complete.

Reference: SPP-8.1 Rev.2 Pg 9

OPL171.078 Rev.11 Pg 14

Enabling Objective OPL171.078 #B11

A. Correct answer,

B. Incorrect since the previous procedure is not discarded.

C. Incorrect since the Test Director and Operations must re-verify the initial conditions

prior to restarting the test.

D. Incorrect since the surveillance cannot be signed off as complete until all steps are

completed or N/A'd.

RO Tier:

Keyword

TESTING

Source:

N

Test:

S

SROTier: T3

Cog Level: MEM 2.U3.0

Exam:

BF02301

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:46 AM

98

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

96.

G2.2.5 001

The System Engineer for the RHR System has performed an Evaluation for a

Temporary Alteration to the system. The temp alt is not Quality Related. The Systems

Engineering Manager has approved the temp alt.

Which ONE of the following lists the individuals that are required to give approval prior

to installing the temp alt?

A. Shift Manager, PORC, and Plant Manager.

B. Regulatory Assurance Manager and Plant Manager.

Cy Shift Manager and Plant Manager.

D. Shift Manager, Regulatory Assurance Manager, and PORC.

References: OPL171.079 Rev.11 pg 9

A. Incorrect since PORC is not required since the temp alt is not quality related.

B. Incorrect since the Regulatory Assurance Manager is not a required signature.

C. Correct answer since temp alt is not Quality related.

D. Incorrect since Regulatory Assurance Manager and PORC are not required

signatures.

RO Tier:

Keyword

TEMP AL'I

Source:

N

Test:

S

SROTier:

T3

Cog Level: CIA 1.612.1

Exam:

BF02301

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:46 AM

99

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

97. G2.3.4 001

Given the following exposure history data for an individual:

~

Lifetime Exposure:

19500 mrem TEDE (NRC form 4 on file)

Annual Exposure:

4600 mrern TEDE

Quarterly Exposure: 600 mrem TEDE

Sex:

Male

Age:

22

Which ONE of the following is the maximum additional whole body exposure the

individual is allowed to receive in the current calender quarter under Federal (IO CFR

20) exposure limits? (Not a planned special exposure)

A:' 400 mrem TEDE.

B. 600 mrem TEDE.

C. 800 mrem TEDE.

D. 1400 mrem TEDE.

References: 10 CFR 20 Subpart C 20.1201

A. Correct answer.

B, C and D. Incorrect since worker is limited to 5000 mRem annually.

Note: Changed annual dose in stem to 4600 instead of 4300. This changed the correct answer.

RO Tier:

SROTier:

T3

Keyword

RADIATION CONTROL

Cog Level: CIA 2.513.1

Source:

B

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

S

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:46 AM

100

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

98. G2.3.9 001

Unit 2 startup is in progress with the following conditions existing:

Reactor Power

10% RTP

Reactor Pressure

920 psig

Mode Switch Position

START/HOT STBY

Containment is being inerted with purge filter fan in service.

Which ONE of the following describes the results of taking the action specified under

these plant conditions?

A. Placing the Reactor Mode Switch in RUN will initiate a Group 6 PClS isolation

unless Bypass switches are placed in BYPASS on panel 9-3.

BY Placing the Reactor Mode Switch in RUN will automatically close all valves required

for inerting with the purge filter fan unless Bypass switches are placed in BYPASS

on panel 9-3.

C. Turning the purge filter fan off will automatically close the drywell and suppression

chamber exhaust valves.

D. Placing the Reactor Mode Switch in RUN will automatically close the drywell and

suppression chamber exhaust isolation valves unless the Drywell/Suppression

Chamber Train N B Vent keylock switches are positioned to DRYWELL.

References: OPL171.032 Rev.10 pg 14 and 15

A. Incorrect since placing the Mode Switch in RUN will not initiate a Group 6 isolation.

B. Correct answer.

C. Incorrect since turning off the purge fan will not close the valves.

D. Incorrect since placing the DrywelllSuppression Chamber Train N B Vent keylock

switches to the DRYWELL position does not prevent valve movement.

RO Tier:

Keyword

CONTAINMENT

Source:

B

Test:

S

SROTier:

T3

Cog Level: CAI 233.4

Exam:

BF02301

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003

08:41:46 AM

101

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

99. G2.4.29 001

It is noted by the Unit 2 Supervisor that a Site Area Emergency classification level was

exceeded but the present situation indicates that only an Alert classification level is

being exceeded ,..........

Which ONE (1) of the following is correct concerning the Radiological Emergency

Plan?

-

.__

. .

A. the higher classification should be reported to CECC, if staffed, or ODs, if the

CECC is not staffed, and the lower classification reported to NRC.

B.' the higher classification shall be reported to NRC and the CECC if staffed, or the

ODs, if the CECC is not staffed, but the higher classification should not be

declared.

C. only the lower classification should be reported to NRC and the CECC if staffed, or

the ODs, if the CECC is not staffed.

D. the higher classification shall be declared.

References: EPIP-1 Rev.29 Pg 3

A. Incorrect since the higher classification should be reported to the NRC.

B. Correct answer.

C. Incorrect since the higher classification should be reported to the NRC.

D. Incorrect since the higher classification should not be declared but should be

reported to everyone.

RO Tier:

Keyword

EMERGENCY PLAN

Source:

B

Test:

S

SROTier: T3

Cog Level: MEM 2.614.0

Exam:

BF02301

Misc:

Tuesday, Janualy 21,2003 08:41:46 AM

102

QUESTIONS REPORT

for Browns Ferry Questions

100. G2.4.41 001

Units 1 and 2 Control Room has become engulfed with smoke and at 1415 the SM

orders the control room abandoned. The status of the Units is as follows:

Unit 1 is defueled.

Unit 2 is in Mode 1.

-Unit 3 control room is unaffected.

At 1438 control of Unit 2 is established from Panel 2-25-32.

Which ONE of the following describes the Emergency Classification and who is

responsible for EPIP implementation?

A. SM declares an ALERT and he implements EPIP.

B. SM declares an ALERT and Unit 1 US implements EPIP.

C. SM declares a SITE AREA EMERGENCY and SSS implements EPIP.

D.' SM declares a SITE AREA EMERGENCY and Unit 3 US implements EPIP.

References: 2-AOI-100-2 Rev. 47 pg 3

Enabling Objective OPL171.208 #4

A. Incorrect since this is classified as a Site Emergency due to backup control from

Panel 2-25-32 is NOT established within 20 minutes.

B. Incorrect since this is classified as a Site Emergency due to backup control from

Panel 2-25-32 is NOT established within 20 minutes.

C. lncorrec since Unit 3 US assumes responsibility for EPIP implementation.

D. Correct answer since control from Panel 2-25-32 is NOT established within 20

minutes.

Note: Changed stem as far as time it takes to establish control from Panel 2-25-32

which changes the answer.

RO Tier:

SROTier:

T3

Keyword

CONTROL ROOM

Cog Level: CIA2.3t4.1

Source:

M

Exam:

BF02301

Test:

S

Misc:

TCK

Tuesday, January 21,2003 08:41:46 AM

103